Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • BSZ  (450)
  • Dordrecht : Springer  (417)
  • New York, NY : Springer New York  (33)
  • Philosophy (General)  (375)
  • Humanities  (110)
Datasource
Material
Language
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401795791
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVIII, 1224 p. 120 illus, online resource)
    Edition: 2nd ed. 2015
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 119
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Sadegh-Zadeh, Kazem Handbook of analytic philosophy and medicine
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medicine ; Bioinformatics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medicine ; Bioinformatics
    Abstract: Medical practice is practiced morality, and clinical research belongs to normative ethics. The present book elucidates and advances this thesis by: 1. analyzing the structure of medical language, knowledge, and theories; 2. inquiring into the foundations of the clinical encounter; 3. introducing the logic and methodology of clinical decision-making, including artificial intelligence in medicine; 4. suggesting comprehensive theories of organism, life, and psyche; of health, illness, and disease; of etiology, diagnosis, prognosis, prevention, and therapy; and 5. investigating the moral and metaphysical issues central to medical practice and research. Many systems of (classical, modal, non-classical, probability, and fuzzy) logic are introduced and applied. Fuzzy medical deontics, fuzzy medical ontology, fuzzy medical concept formation, fuzzy medical decision-making and biomedicine and many other techniques of fuzzification in medicine are introduced for the first time
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Preface to the Second Edition; Preface to the First Edition; Contents; Introduction; 0.1 A Fresh Start; 0.2 The Objective; 0.3 The Subject; 0.4 Methods of Inquiry; 0.5 How to Read this Book; Part I The Language of Medicine; 1 The Epistemic Impact of Medical Language; 1.0 Introduction; 1.1 Types of Knowledge; 1.2 Propositional Knowledge; 1.3 Propositions and Facts; 1.4 Medical Sentences and Statements; 1.5 Medical Concepts; 1.6 How to Care About our Medical Concepts?; 1.7 Summary; 2 The Syntax and Semantics of Medical Language; 2.0 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Medical Language is an Extended Natural Language2.2 What a Medical Term Means; 2.3 Ambiguity; 2.4 Vagueness; 2.4.1 The Nature of Vagueness; 2.4.2 The Sorites Paradox; 2.4.3 Varieties of Vagueness; 2.5 Clarity and Precision; 2.6 Semantic Nihilism; 2.7 Summary; 3 The Pragmatics of Medical Language; 3.0 Introduction; 3.1 The So-Called Language Games; 3.2 Assertion, Acceptance, and Rejection; 3.3 Speech Acts in Medicine; 3.3.1 Constatives; 3.3.2 Performatives; 3.4 The Pragmatic Impact of Medical Language; 3.5 The Communal Origin of Medical Language; 3.6 Summary; 4 Medical Linguistics
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.0 Introduction4.1 What Medical Linguistics is; 4.2 Vocabularies; 4.3 Medical Terminologies; 4.3.1 Medical Nomenclatures; Anatomical nomenclatures; Nosological nomenclatures; 4.3.2 International Classification of Diseases (ICD); 4.3.3 Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine (SNOMED); 4.3.4 GALEN, GRAIL, UMLS, MeSH, et al.; 4.4 Summary; 5 Varieties of Medical Concepts; 5.0 Introduction; 5.1 Qualitative, Comparative, and Quantitative Concepts; 5.1.1 Individual Concepts; 5.1.2 Qualitative Concepts; 5.1.3 Comparative Concepts; 5.1.4 Quantitative Concepts; 5.2 Dispositional Terms in Medicine
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 Linguistic and Numerical Variables in Medicine5.4 Non-Classical; 5.5 Summary; 6Fundamentals of Medical Concept Formation; 6.0 Introduction; 6.1 What a Definition is; 6.2 What Role a Definition Plays; 6.3 Methods of Definition; 6.3.1 Explicit Definition; 6.3.2 Conditional Definition; 6.3.3 Operational Definition; 6.3.4 Definition by Cases; 6.3.5 Recursive Definition; 6.3.6 Set-Theoretical Definition; 6.3.7 Ostensive Definition; 6.4 What an Explication is; 6.4.1 What: Quod; 6.4.2 Is; 6.5 Summary; Part II Medical Praxiology; 7The Patient; 7.0 Introduction; 7.1 The Suffering Individual
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2 The Bio-Psycho-Social Agent7.2.0 Introduction; 7.2.1 The Living Body; 7.2.2 The Psyche; 7.2.3 The Social Agent; 7.2.4 Summary; 7.3 Health, Illness, and Disease; 7.3.0 Introduction; 7.3.1 Disease; 7.3.2 Health; 7.3.3 Illness; 7.3.4 Disease, Health, and Illness Violate Classical Logic; 7.3.5 Summary; 7.4 Systems of Disease; 7.4.0 Introduction; 7.4.1 Symptomatology; 7.4.2 Nosological Systems; 7.4.3 Pathology; 7.4.4 Nosological Spaces; 7.4.5 Summary; 7.5 Etiology; 7.5.0 Introduction; 7.5.1 Cause and Causation; 7.5.2 Deterministic Etiology; 7.5.3 Probabilistic Etiology; 7.5.4 Fuzzy Etiology
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.5.5 Summary
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    ISBN: 9789401799034
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 173 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Landscape series volume 19
    Series Statement: Landscape series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Ruptured landscapes
    DDC: 577
    RVK:
    Keywords: Anthropology ; Geography ; Humanities ; Landscape ecology ; Regional planning ; Landschaft ; Wahrnehmung ; Soziokultureller Wandel
    Abstract: This volume breaks new ground in the study of landscapes, both rural and urban. The innovative notion of this landscape collection is rupture. The book explores the ways in which societal, economic and cultural changes are transforming the meanings and understandings of landscapes. The text explores both how landscapes are contesting changes in society and changing society. The volume combines empirically fine-grained accounts of landscape rupture, from different parts of the world, with a sustained effort to explore, rethink and analytically extend the concept of rupture itself. The book therefore combines fresh empirical data with innovative theoretical approaches to open understanding of landscape as a dynamic, living entity subject to abrupt change and unpredictable disruptions. Through this dual reflection the volume is able to provide a powerful demonstration of the possibilities that are available for human action, social change and material landscape to combine.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    ISBN: 9781493912360
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 421 p. 58 illus., 11 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Handbook of biobehavioral foundations of self-regulation
    DDC: 155.2
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Psychic research ; Developmental psychology ; Consciousness ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Psychic research ; Developmental psychology ; Consciousness ; Selbstkontrolle ; Selbstregulation ; Motivation ; Selbstkontrolle ; Selbstregulation ; Motivation
    Abstract: How can people master their own thoughts, feelings, and actions? This question is central to the scientific study of self-regulation. The behavioral side of self-regulation has been extensively investigated over the last decades, but the biological machinery that allows people to self-regulate has mostly remained vague and unspecified. Handbook of Biobehavioral Approaches to Self-Regulation corrects this imbalance. Moving beyond traditional mind-body dualities, the various contributions in the book examine how self-regulation becomes established in cardiovascular, hormonal, and central nervous systems. Particular attention is given to the dynamic interplay between affect and cognition in self-regulation. The book also addresses the psychobiology of effort, the impact of depression on self-regulation, the development of self-regulation, and the question what causes self-regulation to succeed or fail. These novel perspectives provide readers with a new, biologically informed understanding of self-awareness and self-agency. Among the topics being covered are: Self-regulation in an evolutionary perspective. The muscle metaphor in self-regulation in the light of current theorizing on muscle physiology. From distraction to mindfulness: psychological and neural mechanisms of attention strategies in self-regulation. Self-regulation in social decision-making: a neurobiological perspective. Mental effort: brain and autonomic correlates in health and disease. A basic and applied model of the body-mind system. Handbook of Biobehavioral Approaches to Self-Regulation provides a wealth of theoretical insights into self-regulation, with great potential for future applications for improving self-regulation in everyday life settings, including education, work, health, and interpersonal relationships. The book highlights a host of exciting new ideas and directions and is sure to provoke a great deal of thought and discussion among researchers, practitioners, and graduate-level students in psychology, education, neuroscience, medicine, and behavioral economics
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I: Integrative Perspectives: Introduction: Grounding Self-Regulation in the Brain and BodyAn evolving view of the structure of self-regulation -- Self-regulation in an evolutionary perspective -- Self-regulatory strength: neural mechanisms and implications for training -- The muscle metaphor in self-regulation in the light of current theorizing on muscle physiology -- Protective inhibition of self-regulation and motivation: extending a classic Pavlovian principle to social and personality functioning -- Part II: Interactions between Affect and Cognition in Self-Regulation: Affective modulation of cognitive control: A biobehavioral perspective -- Error monitoring under negative affect: A window into maladaptive self-regulation processes -- External signals of metacognitive control -- From distraction to mindfulness: Psychological and neural mechanisms of attention strategies in self-regulation -- Part III: The Central Nervous System and Self-Regulation: From the reward circuit to the valuation system: How the brain motivates the behavior -- Neural foundations of motivational orientations -- Motus moderari: A neuroscience-informed model for self-regulation of emotion and motivation -- More than the medial prefrontal cortex (MPFC): New advances in understanding the neural foundations of self-insight -- Self-regulation in social decision-making: A neurobiological perspective -- Part IV: Self-Regulation: Mental effort: Brain and autonomic correlates in health and disease -- Psychobiology of perceived effort during physical tasks -- Bounded effort automaticity: A drama in four parts -- The intensity of behavioral restraint: Determinants and cardiovascular correlates -- Self-striving: How self-focused attention affects effort-related cardiovascular activity -- Future thought and the self-regulation of energization -- Part V: Self-Regulatory Problems and Their Development: Depression and self-regulation: A motivational analysis and insights from effort-related cardiovascular reactivity -- Perinatal developmental origins of self-regulation -- Self-regulation through rumination: Consequences and mechanisms -- Biological aspects of self-esteem and stress -- A basic and applied model of the body-mind system.
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048129270
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 569 p. 10 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Dao Companions to Chinese Philosophy 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Dao companion to Daoist philosophy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Regional planning ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Regional planning ; Religion (General) ; Taoismus ; Philosophie
    Abstract: This is the first comprehensive companion to the study of Daoism as a philosophical tradition. It provides a general overview of Daoist philosophy in various thinkers and texts from 6th century BCE to 5th century CE and reflects the latest academic developments in the field. It discusses theoretical and philosophical issues based on rigorous textual and historical investigations and examinations, reflecting both the ancient scholarship and modern approaches and methodologies. The themes include debates on the origin of the Daoism, the authorship and dating of the Laozi, the authorship and classification of chapters in the Zhuangzi, the themes and philosophical arguments in the Laozi and the Zhuangzi, their transformations and developments in Pre-Qin, Han, and Wei-Jin periods, by Huang-Lao school, Heguanzi, Wenzi, Huainanzi, Wang Bi, Guo Xiang, and Worthies in bamboo grove, among others. Each chapter is written by expert(s) and specialist(s) on the topic discussed
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9789401793797
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 330 p. 25 illus., 19 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contributions To Phenomenology, In Cooperation with The Center for Advanced Research in Phenomenology 73
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Aesthetics and the embodied mind
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Aesthetics ; Phenomenology ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Cartesischer Dualismus ; Ästhetik
    Abstract: The project of naturalizing human consciousness/experience has made great technical strides (e.g., in mapping areas of brain activity), but has been hampered in many cases by its uncritical reliance on a dualistic “Cartesian” paradigm (though as some of the authors in the collection point out, assumptions drawn from Plato and from Kant also play a role). The present volume proposes a version of naturalism in aesthetics drawn from American pragmatism (above all from Dewey, but also from James and Peirce)-one primed from the start to see human beings not only as embodied, but as inseparable from the environment they interact with-and provides a forum for authors from diverse disciplines to address specific scientific and philosophical issues within the anti-dualistic framework considering aesthetic experience as a process of embodied meaning-making. Cross-disciplinary contributions come from leading researchers including Mark Johnson, Jim Garrison, Daniel D. Hutto, John T. Haworth, Luca F. Ticini, Beatriz Calvo-Merino. The volume covers pragmatist aesthetics, neuroaesthetics, enactive cognitive science, literary studies, psychology of aesthetics, art and design, sociology
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    ISBN: 9789401794428
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 372 p. 4 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contributions To Phenomenology, In Cooperation with The Center for Advanced Research in Phenomenology 74
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Horizons of authenticity in phenomenology, existentialism, and moral psychology
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Humanities ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Phänomenologie ; Existenzialismus ; Existenzphilosophie ; Authentizität ; Ethik ; Moralpsychologie
    Abstract: This volume centers on the exploration of the ways in which the canonical texts and thinkers of the phenomenological and existential tradition can be utilized to address contemporary, concrete philosophical issues. In particular, the included essays address the key facets of the work of Charles Guignon, and as such, honor and extend his thought and approach to philosophy. To this end, the four main sections of the volume deal with the question of authenticity, i.e. what it means to be an authentic person, the ways in which the phenomenological and existential traditions can impact the sciences, how best to understand the fact of human mortality, and, finally, the ways philosophical reflection can help address current questions of value. The volume is designed primarily to serve as a secondary resource for students and specialists interested in rediscovering the practical application of existential and phenomenological thought. The collection of scholarly essays, then, could be used in conjunction with some of the more recent scholarship concerning the practical value of philosophy. Along with contributing to previous scholarship, the essays in this proposed volume attempt to update and expand the scope of phenomenological and existential inquiry
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401794480
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 191 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Sophia Studies in Cross-cultural Philosophy of Traditions and Cultures 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Politics of religion - religions of politics
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Religion (General) ; Konferenzschrift XX.02.2010 ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Politik ; Religion ; Religionspolitik ; Religionsphilosophie
    Abstract: The liberal enlightenment as well as the more radical left have both traditionally opposed religion as a reactionary force in politics, a view culminating in an identification of the politics of religion as fundamentalist theocracy. But recently a number of thinkers-Agamben, Badiou, Tabues and in particular Simon Critchley-have begun to explore a more productive engagement of the religious and the political in which religion features as a possible or even necessary form of human emancipation. The papers in this collection, deriving from a workshop held on and with Simon Critchley at the University of Texas at San Antonio in February 2010, take up the ways in which religion’s encounter with politics transforms not only politics but also religion itself, molding it into various religions of politics, including not just heretical religious metaphysics, but also what Critchley describes as non-metaphysical religion, the faith of the faithless. Starting from Critchley’s own genealogy of Pauline faith, the articles in this collection explore and defend some of the religions of politics and their implications. Costica Bradatan teases out the implications of Critchley’s substitution of humor for tragedy as the vehicle for the minimal self-distancing required for any politics. Jill Stauffer compares Critchley’s non-metaphysical religiosity with Charles Taylor’s account of Christianity. Alistair Welchman unpacks the political theology of the border in terms of god’s timeless act of creation. Anne O’Byrne explores the subtle dialectic between mores and morality in Rousseau’s political ethics. Roland Champagne sees a kind non-metaphysical religion in Arendt’s category of the political pariah. Davide Panagia presents Critchley’s ethics of exposure as the basis for a non-metaphysical political bond. Philip Quadrio wonders about the political ramifications of Critchley’s own ‘mystical anarchism’ and Tina Chanter re-reads the primal site in the Western tradition at which the political and the religious intersect, the Antigone story, side-stepping philosophical interpretations of the story (dominated by Hegel’s reading) by means of a series of post-colonial re-imaginings of the play. The collection concludes with an interview with Simon Critchley taking up the themes of the workshop in the light of more recent political events: the Arab Spring and the rise and fall of the Occupy movement
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9789401791908
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 329 p. 4 illus., 3 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Environmental, Agricultural and Food Ethics 22
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Re-thinking organic food and farming in a changing world
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Sustainable development ; Quality of Life Research ; Philosophy ; Biologische Landwirtschaft ; Biologisches Lebensmittel ; Ethik ; Biologische Landwirtschaft ; Biologisches Lebensmittel ; Ethik
    Abstract: This book is based on the assumption that “organic has lost its way”. Paradoxically, it comes at a time when we witness the continuing of growth in organic food production and markets around the world. Yet, the book claims that organic has lost sight of its first or fundamental philosophical principles and ontological assumptions. The collection offers empirically grounded discussions that address the principles and fundamental assumptions of organic farming and marketing practices. The book draws attention to the core principles of organic and offers different clearly articulated and well-defined conceptual frameworks that offer new insights into organic practices. Divided into five parts, the book presents new perspectives on enduring issues, examines standards and certification, gives insights into much-discussed and additional market and consumer issues, and reviews the interplay of organic and conventional farming. The book concludes with a framework for rethinking ethics in the organic movement and reflections on the positioning of organic ethics
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    ISBN: 9789401796644
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 210 p. 27 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Archimedes, New Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology 41
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. G. W. Leibniz, interrelations between mathematics and philosophy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science History ; Philosophy (General) ; Science, general ; Wissenschaft ; Mathematik ; Philosophie ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 ; Geschichte
    Abstract: Up to now there have been scarcely any publications on Leibniz dedicated to investigating the interrelations between philosophy and mathematics in his thought. In part this is due to the previously restricted textual basis of editions such as those produced by Gerhardt. Through recent volumes of the scientific letters and mathematical papers series of the Academy Edition scholars have obtained a much richer textual basis on which to conduct their studies - material which allows readers to see interconnections between his philosophical and mathematical ideas which have not previously been manifested. The present book draws extensively from this recently published material. The contributors are among the best in their fields. Their commissioned papers cover thematically salient aspects of the various ways in which philosophy and mathematics informed each other in Leibniz's thought
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    ISBN: 9789401790178
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 362 p, online resource)
    Edition: 2nd ed. 2015
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 58
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Mental health in South Asia
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Psychiatry ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Südasien ; Psychische Gesundheit ; Psychohygiene
    Abstract: This book tackles the issue of mental health legislation in South Asia. The first of its kind, it addresses an issue that is necessary for protecting the rights of people with mental disorders and serves as an essential text for reinforcing mental health policy in South Asia. it is a timely addition to our global understanding of mental health and how different regions address it.Asia is by far the largest continent in the world in terms of area with population exceeding 3.5 billion and has dozens of cultures, religions, languages and ethnic groups. As a result of its highly varied political systems, Asia also spawns a wide variety of health care systems including mental health care systems, often based on historical roots and at times colonial heritages. The people who suffer from mental or neurological disorders in the continent form a vulnerable section of society and often face stigma, discrimination and marginalization in all societies, and this increases the likelihood that their human rights will be violated
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401798372
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXIV, 221 p. 19 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Moreno, Alvaro Biological autonomy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Biological models ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Biologie ; Philosophie ; Systembiologie ; Biologisches Modell
    Abstract: Since Darwin, Biology has been framed on the idea of evolution by natural selection, which has profoundly influenced the scientific and philosophical comprehension of biological phenomena and of our place in Nature. This book argues that contemporary biology should progress towards and revolve around an even more fundamental idea, that of autonomy. Biological autonomy describes living organisms as organised systems, which are able to self-produce and self-maintain as integrated entities, to establish their own goals and norms, and to promote the conditions of their existence through their interactions with the environment. Topics covered in this book include organisation and biological emergence, organisms, agency, levels of autonomy, cognition, and a look at the historical dimension of autonomy. The current development of scientific investigations on autonomous organisation calls for a theoretical and philosophical analysis. This can contribute to the elaboration of an original understanding of life - including human life - on Earth, opening new perspectives and enabling fecund interactions with other existing theories and approaches. This book takes up the challenge
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9789401788878
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 211 p. 2 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Classification, disease and evidence
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Medicine ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Medizin ; Philosophie
    Abstract: This anthology of essays presents a sample of studies from recent philosophy of medicine addressing issues which attempt to answer very general (interdependent) questions: (a) what is a disease and what is health? (b) How do we (causally) explain diseases? (c) And how do we distinguish diseases, i.e. define classes of diseases and recognize that an instance X of disease belongs to a given class B? (d) How do we assess and choose cure/ therapy? The book is divided into three sections: classification, disease, and evidence. In general, attention is focused on statistics in medicine and epidemiology, issues in psychiatry, and connecting medicine with evolutionary biology and genetics. Many authors position the theories that they address within their historical contexts. The nature of health and disease will be addressed in several essays that also touch upon very general questions about the definition of medicine and its status. Several chapters scrutinize classification because of its centrality within philosophical problems raised by medicine and its core position in the philosophical questioning of psychiatry. Specificities of medical explanation have recently come under a new light, particularly because of the rise of statistical methods, and several chapters investigate these methods in specific contexts such as epidemiology or meta-analysis of random testing. Taken together this collection addresses the question of how we gather, use and assess evidence for various medical theories. The rich assortment of disciplines featured also includes epidemiology, parasitology, and public health, while technical aspects such as the application of game theory to medical research and the misuse of the DSM in forensic psychiatry are also given an airing. The book addresses more than the construction of medical knowledge, however, adding cogent appraisal of the processes of decision making in medicine and the protocols used to justify therapeutic choices
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401790635
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 302 p. 13 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research 115
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. From sky and earth to metaphysics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Phenomenology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kosmologie ; Phänomenologie ; Weltall ; Mensch ; Literatur ; Kunst ; Phänomenologie
    Abstract: This is an exceptional volume which expands upon the World Phenomenology Institute’s recent research: the study of the beautiful intertwining of the skies and the cosmos with the human pursuits of philosophy, literature and the arts. The relationship of humans to the cosmos is examined through the exploration of phenomenology, metaphysics and the arts. The authors of this volume write on a variety of topics which all seek to open the reader’s eyes to the relationship of humans and our perception of our place in the cosmos. This volume offers a framework in which to present a rich panorama; a variety of perspectives illustrating how the perception of the interplay between human beings and the celestial realm advances in common experience and worldviews. This attempt to uncover our cosmic position is a great and worthwhile intellectual challenge. Philosophy as well as literature and the arts are nourished by this human quest for knowledge and understanding
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401793490
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 210 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in Philosophy, Religion and Public Life 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Aesthetics ; History ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy
    Abstract: This notable collection provides an interdisciplinary platform for prominent thinkers who have all made significant recent contributions to exploring the nexus of philosophy and narrative. It includes the latest assessments of several key positions in the current philosophical debate. These perspectives underpin a range of thematic strands exploring the influence of narrative on notions of selfhood, identity, temporal experience, and the emotions, among others. Drawing from the humanities, literature, history and religious studies as well as philosophy, the volume opens with papers on narrative intelligence and the relationship between narrative and agency. It features special sections of in-depth commentary on a range of topics. How, for example, do narrative and philosophical biography interact? Do celebrated biographical and autobiographical accounts of the lives of philosophers contribute to our understanding of their work? This new volume has a substantive remit that incorporates the intercultural religious view of philosophy’s links to narrative together with its many secular aspects. A valuable new resource for more advanced scholars in all its constituent disciplines, it represents a significant addition to the literature of this richly productive area of research
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    ISBN: 9789401797047
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 243 p. 2 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 43
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Economics ; Philosophy
    Abstract: This book offers different perspectives onHumanism as developed by Catholic Social Teaching, with a particular focus on its relevance in economics and business. The work is composed of three sections, covering what is meant by Christian Humanism, how it links with economic activity, and its practical relevance in the business world of today. Itreviewsthe historical development of Christian Humanism and discusses the arguments which justify it in the current cultural context and how it contributes to human development. The book argues that the current recognition of human dignity and the existence of innate human rights are both ultimately rooted in Christian Humanism. Itsets out the importance of the concept for economic activities, and how Christian Humanism can serve as a metaphysical foundation and ethical basis for a social market economy. Applying Christian Humanism to business leads to the centrality of the person in organizations and to seeing the company as a community of persons working together for the common good. Three thought-provoking case studies illustrate the wide-reaching positive impacts of applying Christian Humanism in the organization
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    ISBN: 9789401799560
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 176 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: The New Synthese Historical Library, Texts and Studies in the History of Philosophy 74
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Leibniz's metaphysics and adoption of substantial forms
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 ; Metaphysik
    Abstract: This anthology is about the signal change in Leibniz’s metaphysics with his explicit adoption of substantial forms in 1678-79. This change can either be seen as a moment of discontinuity with his metaphysics of maturity or as a moment of continuity, such as a passage to the metaphysics from his last years. Between the end of his sejour at Paris (November 1676) and the first part of the Hanover period, Leibniz reformed his dynamics and began to use the theory of corporeal substance. This book explores a very important part of the philosophical work of the young Leibniz. Expertise from around the globe is collated here, including Daniel Garber’s work based on the recent publication of Leibniz's correspondence from the late 1690s, examining how the theory of monads developed during these crucial years. Richard Arthur argues that the introduction of substantial forms, reinterpreted as enduring primitive forces of action in each corporeal substance, allows Leibniz to found the reality of the phenomena of motion in force, and thus avoid reducing motion to a mere appearance. Amongst other themes covered in this book, Pauline Phemister’s paper investigates Leibniz’s views on animals and plants, highlighting changes, modifications and elaborations over time of Leibniz’s views and supporting arguments and paying particular attention to his claim that the future is already contained in the seeds of living things. The editor, Adrian Nita, contributes a paper on the continuity or discontinuity of Leibniz’s work on the question of the unity and identity of substance from the perspective of the relation with soul (anima) and mind (mens)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401797566
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 218 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Additional Information: Rezensiert in Hess, Kendy M. The Fallacy of Corporate Moral Agency, by David Rönnegard. Dordrecht: Springer, 2015. 218 pp. ISBN 978-94-017-9756-6 2016
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 44
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Economics ; Philosophy
    Abstract: It is uncontroversial that corporations are legal agents that can be held legally responsible, but can corporations also be moral agents that are morally responsible? Part one of this book explicates the most prominent theories of corporate moral agency and provides a detailed debunking of why corporate moral agency is a fallacy. This implies that talk of corporate moral responsibilities, beyond the mere metaphorical, is essentially meaningless. Part two takes the fallacy of corporate moral agency as its premise and spells out its implications. It shows how prominent normative theories within Corporate Social Responsibility, such as Stakeholder Theory and Social Contract Theory, rest on an implicit assumption of corporate moral agency. In this metaphysical respect such theories are untenable. In order to provide a more robust metaphysical foundation for corporations the book explicates the development of the corporate legal form in the US and UK, which displays how the corporation has come to have its current legal attributes. This historical evolution shows that the corporation is a legal fiction created by the state in order to serve both public and private goals. The normative implication for corporate accountability is that citizens of democratic states ought to primarily make calls for legal enactments in order to hold the corporate legal instruments accountable to their preferences
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    ISBN: 9789401798228
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 438 p. 52 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Braillard, Pierre-Alain Explanation in biology
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy
    Abstract: Patterns of explanation in biology have long been recognized as different from those deployed in other scientific disciplines, especially physics. Celebrating the diversity of explanatory models found in biology, this volume details their varying types as well as their relationships to one another. It covers the key current debates in the philosophy of biology over the nature of explanation, and its apparent diversity that stems from a variety of historical, causal, mechanistic, or mathmatical explanatory practices. Offering a wealth of fresh analyses on the nature of explanation in contemporary biology chapters examine aspects ranging from the role of mathematics in explaining cell development to the complexities thrown up by evolutionary-developmental biology, where explanation is altered by multidisciplinarity itself. They cover major domains such as ecology and systems biology, as well as contemporary trends, such as the mechanistic explanations spawned by progress in molecular biology. With contributions from researchers of many different nationalities, the book provides a many-angled perspective on a revealing feature of the discipline of biology
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401798709
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 323 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 120
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Medicine and society, new perspectives in continental philosophy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; medicine Philosophy ; Medicine ; Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Medizinische Ethik ; Philosophie ; Medizin
    Abstract: This volume addresses some of the most prominent questions in contemporary bioethics and philosophy of medicine: ‘liberal’ eugenics, enhancement, the normal and the pathological, the classification of mental illness, the relation between genetics, disease and the political sphere, the experience of illness and disability, and the sense of the subject of bioethical inquiry itself. All of these issues are addressed from a “continental” perspective, drawing on a rich tradition of inquiry into these questions in the fields of phenomenology, philosophical hermeneutics, French epistemology, critical theory and post-structuralism. At the same time, the contributions engage with the Anglo-American debate, resulting in a fruitful and constructive conversation that not only shows the depth and breadth of continental perspectives in bioethics and medicine, but also opens new avenues of discussion and exploration. For decades European philosophers have offered important insights into the relation between the practices of medicine, the concept of illness, and society more broadly understood. These interventions have generally striven to be both historically nuanced and accessible to non-experts. From Georges Canguilhem’s seminal The Normal and the Pathological, Michel Foucault’s lectures on madness, sexuality, and biopolitics, Hans Jonas’s deeply thoughtful essays on the right to die, life extension, and ethics in a technological age, Hans-Georg Gadamer’s lectures on The Enigma of Health, and more recently Jürgen Habermas’s carefully nuanced interventions on the question of liberal eugenics, these thinkers have sought to engage the wider public as much as their fellow philosophers on questions of paramount importance to current bioethical and social-political debate. The essays contained here continue this tradition of engagement and accessibility. In the best practices of European philosophy, the contributions in this volume aim to engage with and stimulate a broad spectrum of readers, not just experts. In doing so the volume offers a showcase of the richness and rigor of continental perspectives on medicine and society.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401791069
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 175 p. 5 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 116
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Sedation at the end-of-life
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Public health ; Public health laws ; Philosophy ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Public health ; Public health laws ; Sterben ; Sedierung ; Palliativmedizin ; Recht ; Bioethik ; Moraltheologie
    Abstract: The book’s main contribution is its interdisciplinary approach to the issue of sedation at the end-of-life. Because it occurs at the end of life, palliative sedation raises a number of important ethical and legal questions, including whether it is a covert form of euthanasia and for what purposes it may legally be used. Many of the book chapters address the first question and almost all deal with a specific form of the second: whether palliative sedation should be used for those experiencing “existential suffering”? This raises the question of what existential suffering is, a topic that is also discussed in the book. The different chapters address these issues from the perspectives of the relevant disciplines: Palliative Medicine, Bioethics, Law and Theology. Hence, helpful accounts of the clinical and historical background for this issue are provided and the importance of drawing accurate ethical and legal distinctions is stressed throughout the whole book. So the volume represents a valuable contribution to the emerging literature on this topic and should be helpful across a broad spectrum of readers: philosophers, theologians and physicians
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400747074
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXII, 1850 p. 31 illus., 20 illus. in color. eReference, online ressource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Clausen, Jens, 1969 - Handbook of neuroethics
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Social sciences ; Philosophy ; Public health laws ; Ethics ; Neurology ; Life sciences ; Medical laws and legislation. ; Ethik ; Hirnforschung ; Neurowissenschaften
    Abstract: Neuroethics - as a multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary endeavor - examines the implications of the neurosciences on human beings in general and on their self-understanding and their social interactions in particular. The range of approaches adopted in neuroethics includes but is not limited to historical, anthropological, ethical, philosophical, theological, sociological and legal approaches. Based on the study of neuroscientific developments and innovations, examined from different angles, this Handbook provides a comprehensive overview of the international neuroethical debate, and offers unprecedented insights into the impact of neuroscientific research, diagnosis, and therapy. This Handbook deals with a plethora of topics divided into in three parts: the first part contains discussions of theories of neuroethics, identity, free will, as well as other philosophical considerations. The second part is dedicated to issues involved in current and future clinical applications of neurosciences, such as brain stimulation, brain imaging, prosthetics, addiction, and psychiatric ethics. The final part deals with neuroethics and society and includes chapters on neurolaw, neurotheology, neuromarketing, and enhancement
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781493908639
    Language: English
    Pages: VIII, 287 p. 27 illus., 22 illus. in color
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 155.2
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Social work ; Consciousness ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    ISBN: 9789400769670
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 746 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in the History of Philosophy of Mind 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Sourcebook for the history of the philosophy of mind
    Parallel Title: Print version Sourcebook for the History of the Philosophy of Mind : Philosophical Psychology from Plato to Kant
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, medieval ; Philosophy of mind ; Psychology History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy of Mind ; Geschichte ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Fresh translations of key texts, exhaustive coverage from Plato to Kant, and detailed commentary by expert scholars of philosophy add up to make this sourcebook the first and most comprehensive account of the history of the philosophy of mind. Published at a time when the philosophy of mind and philosophical psychology are high-profile domains in current research, the volume will inform our understanding of philosophical questions by shedding light on the origins of core conceptual assumptions often arrived at before the instauration of psychology as a recognized subject in its own right. The chapters closely follow historical developments in our understanding of the mind, with sections dedicated to ancient, medieval Latin and Arabic, and early modern periods of development. The volume’s structural clarity enables readers to trace the entire progression of philosophical understanding on specific topics related to the mind, such as the nature of perception. Doing so reveals the fascinating contrasts between current and historical approaches. In addition to its all-inclusive source material, the volume provides subtle expert commentary that includes critical introductions to each thematic section as well as detailed engagement with the central texts. A voluminous bibliography includes hundreds of primary and secondary sources. The sheer scale of this new publication sheds light on the progression, and discontinuities, in our study of the philosophy of mind, and represents a major new sourcebook in a field of extreme importance to our understanding of humanity as a whole
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9789400770829
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 280 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advances in Business Ethics Research, A Journal of Business Ethics Book Series 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Accounting for the public interest
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Auditing ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Auditing ; Rechnungslegung ; Ethik ; Rechnungslegung ; Ethik
    Abstract: This volume explores the opportunities and challenges facing the accounting profession in an increasingly globalized business and financial reporting environment. It looks back at past experiences of the profession in attempting to meet its public interest obligation. It examines the role and responsibilities of accounting to society including regulatory requirements, increased emphasis on corporate social responsibility, accounting fraud and whistle-blowing implications, internationalization of public interest obligations, and providing the education needed to be successful. The book incorporates an ethical dimension in making these assessments. Its focus is a conceptual, theoretical one drawing on classical philosophy, the sociology of professions, economic theory, and the public interest dimension of accountants as professionals. The authors of papers are long-time contributors to the annual symposium on Research in Accounting Ethics sponsored by the Public Interest Section of the AAA.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781461493518
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 139 p. 30 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Archaeology 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Managing, using, and interpreting Hadrian's Wall as world heritage
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Anthropology ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Humanities ; Anthropology ; Archaeology ; Hadrianswall ; Kulturerbe
    Abstract: Hadrian’s Wall was inscribed as a World Heritage Site (WHS) in 1987 and, with the German Limes, became one of the first two parts of the transnational ‘Frontiers of the Roman Empire’ (FRE) WHS in 2005. The World Heritage Site of Hadrian's Wall is unusual, although not unique, among World Heritage sites in its scale and linear nature: stretching from Ravenglass on the west coast of England to Newcastle upon Tyne on the east coast - over 150 miles. Along its length it passes through two major urban centres and a variety of rural landscapes and its remains vary from substantial upstanding architectural features to invisible below ground archaeology. Traditionally many of the constituent parts of Hadrian's Wall, forts etc, have been managed as separate entities by different State and private organisations. These and other issues make it an extremely complex WHS to manage. This book not only chronicles the past management of the Wall but also looks towards the future as more countries aspire to have their Roman frontiers added to the FRE. The experience gained over the last two decades illustrates developments in the management of large scale complex heritage sites that will be of value as a detailed case study to those involved in (and affected by) heritage management, as well as academics, and students. Many of the issues raised will find resonance in those faced by many other large (World) heritage sites
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword UK NC UNESCO1 The archaeology, history and significance of the Wall - David Breeze -- 2 The management context - Christopher Young.-3 The context -Peter Stone -- 4 The need for a MP and the first and second plans - Christopher Young -- 5 The Hadrian’s Wall Tourism Partnership - Jane Brantom -- 6 The Hadrian’s Wall National Trail - David McGlade -- 7 Sustainable management of pastoral landscapes - Neil Rimmington -- 8 The Major Study and Third Plan - Peter Stone -- 9 Hadrian’s Wall Heritage Ltd - Linda Tuttiett -- 10 Hadrian’s Wall museums - Lindsay Allason Jones -- 11 Management of Interpretation - Nigel Mills & Genevieve Atkins -- 12 Frontiers of the Roman Empire - David Brough & John Scott -- 13 Where next - the future of the Wall in a time of restraint - Peter Stone.
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    ISBN: 9783319016863
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIX, 151 p. 8 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Reinhard-DeRoo, Matthias Beneficial ownership
    RVK:
    Keywords: Humanities ; Anthropology ; Law ; Law ; Humanities ; Anthropology
    Abstract: The hunt for beneficial owners is on. Like an elephant, the beneficial owner hides in the jungle of complex legal structures, waiting to be discovered by eager prosecutors. But what lies behind this metaphor? What is a Beneficial Owner? Is beneficial ownership a right? What does this right encompass? What is the value of this right compared to other rights? And if beneficial ownership is not a right, is it still a legally relevant relation? How do courts, namely the U.S. Supreme Court deal with the concept? When do Anglo-American judges and European scholars resort to the concept? This book approaches these questions from two perspectives: legal fundamentals and the field of U.S. federal Indian law. Both legal theories and case law are scrutinized with the aim to find a better understanding of the basic conception and characteristics of beneficial ownership. Federal Indian law has been chosen for the study of the concrete implications of the beneficial ownership concept in what Roscoe Pound referred to as “the law in action.” To some, this choice of legal field might seem somewhat unusual. What answers could federal Indian law possibly offer with regard to pressing questions from the financial industry? As always, there is a short and a long answer. The short answer is that the analysis of an equally sophisticated field of law can open new perspectives on a given field of law. For example, not only potential criminals and tax evaders but also members of an older civilization are beneficial owners. The long answer can be found in this very book
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionThe Term Beneficial Ownership -- Beneficial Ownership as a Concept -- Common Law, Equity and Beneficial Ownership -- Beneficial Ownership Used in U.S. Supreme Court Decisions -- Fundamental Aspects of Federal Indian Law -- The Beneficial Ownership Concept Applied in Federal Indian Law -- Epilogue.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    ISBN: 9783319008011
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 225 p. 3 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 365
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Artefact kinds
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Engineering design ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Engineering design ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Artefakt ; Ontologie ; Wirklichkeit ; Technikphilosophie
    Abstract: This book is concerned with two intimately related topics of metaphysics: the identity of entities and the foundations of classification. What it adds to previous discussions of these topics is that it addresses them with respect to human-made entities, that is, artefacts. As the chapters in the book show, questions of identity and classification require other treatments and lead to other answers for artefacts than for natural entities. These answers are of interest to philosophers not only for their clarification of artefacts as a category of things but also for the new light they may shed on these issue with respect to to natural entities. This volume is structured in three parts. The contributions in Part I address basic ontological and metaphysical questions in relation to artefact kinds: How should we conceive of artefact kinds? Are they real kinds? How are identity conditions for artefacts and artefact kinds related? The contributions in Part II address meta-ontological questions: What, exactly, should an ontological account of artefact kinds provide us with? What scope can it aim for? Which ways of approaching the ontology of artefact kinds are there, how promising are they, and how should we assess this? In Part III, the essays offer engineering practice rather than theoretical philosophy as a point of reference. The issues addressed here include: How do engineers classify technical artefacts and on what grounds? What makes specific classes of technical artefacts candidates for ontologically real kinds, and by which criteria?
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Introduction: The Ontology of Technical Artefacts; Maarten Franssen, Peter Kroes, Thomas A. C. Reydon and Pieter E. VermaasPart I: Artefact Kinds and Metaphysics -- Chapter 2. How Real are Artefacts and Artefact Kinds?; E. J. Lowe -- Chapter 3. Artifacts and Mind-Independence; Crawford L. Elder -- Chapter 4. Public Artifacts, Intentions, and Norms; Amie L. Thomasson -- Chapter 5. Artefact Kinds, Ontological Criteria and Forms of Mind-Dependence; Maarten Franssen and Peter Kroes -- Chapter 6. Artifact Kinds, Identity Criteria and Logical Adequacy; Massimiliano Carrara, Silvia Gaio and Marzia Soavi -- Part II: Artefact Kinds and New Perspectives -- Chapter 7. Creating Artifactual Kinds; Jesús Vega-Encabo and Diego Lawler -- Chapter 8. Metaphysical and Epistemological Approaches to Developing a Theory of Artifact Kinds; Thomas A. C. Reydon -- Chapter 9. Ethnotechnology: A Manifesto; Beth Preston -- Part III: Artefact Kinds and Engineering Practice -- Chapter 10. On What is Made: Instruments, Products and Natural Kinds of Artefacts; Wybo Houkes and Pieter E. Vermaas -- Chapter 11. Artefactual Systems, Missing Components and Replaceability; Nicola Guarino -- Chapter 12. Engineering Differences Between Natural, Social and Artificial Kinds; Eric T. Kerr.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    ISBN: 9789400760349
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 281 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contributions to Phenomenology 68
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Schutzian phenomenology and hermeneutic traditions
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Social sciences Methodology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Social sciences Methodology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hermeneutik ; Phänomenologische Soziologie ; Schütz, Alfred 1899-1959 ; Hermeneutik ; Phänomenologische Soziologie ; Schütz, Alfred 1899-1959
    Abstract: Schutzian Phenomenology and Hermeneutic Traditions links Alfred Schutz to the larger hermeneutic tradition in Continental thought, illuminating the deep affinity between Schutzian phenomenology and hermeneutics. The essays collected here explore a broad spectrum of Schutzian themes and concerns, from Schutz’s concrete affinities to hermeneutic traditions, his interpretationism and the pragmatist nature of Schutz’s thought, to questions concerning the role of the media and music in our understanding of the life-world and intersubjectivity. The essays go on to explore the practical applicability of Schutz’s thoughts on questions regarding economics, literature, ethics and the limits of human understanding. Given its emphasis on the application of Schutzian ideas and concepts, this book willbe of special interest to a wide range of readers in the social sciences and humanities, who are interested in the application of phenomenology to social, political, and cultural phenomena
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTORY ESSAY.- Reflections on the Relationship of ‘Social Phenomenology’ and Hermeneutics in Alfred Schutz:  An Introduction, M. STAUDIGL.- I. SCHUTZIAN PHENOMENOLOGY AND HERMENEUTIC TRADITIONS.- The Lifeworld Analysis of Alfred Schutz and the Methodology of the Social Sciences, T. EBERLE.- Understanding Sociologies and Tradition(s) of Hermeneutics, M. ENDRESS.-  Alfred Schutz and a Hermeneutical Sociology of Knowledge, H. NASU.-  The Interpretationism of Alfred Schutz or How Woodcutting can have Referential and Non-Referential Meaning, L. EMBREEII. THEORETICAL AND CONCEPTUAL REASSESSMENTS.-  Pragmatic theory of the life-world and hermeneutics of the social sciences, I. SRUBAR.-  Media Structures of the Life-World, R. AYASS.- The Musical Foundations of Alfred Schutz’ Hermeneutics of the Social World, A. G. STASCHEIT.- III. EXPLORATIONS OF THE PRACTICAL WORLD.-  Scientific Practice and the World of Working: Beyond Schutz’s Wirkwelt, D. BISCHUR.-  Hermeneutics of Transcendence:  Understanding and Communication at the Limits of Experience, A. HILT --    Alfred Schutz’s Practical-Hermeneutical Approach to Law and Normativity, I. COPOERU.-  Everyday Morality. Questions with and for Alfred Schutz, B. WALDENFELS .- IV. INVESTIGATIONS INTO MULTIPLE REALITIES.- Goffman and Schutz on multiple realities, G. PSATHAS.- Literature and the Limits of Pragmatism:  Alfred Schutz’s Goethe Manuscripts, M. D. BARBER.- Life-World Analysis and Literary Interpretation. On the Reconstruction of Symbolic Reality Spheres, J. DREHER.- Image Worlds. Aesthetic Experience and the Problem of Hermeneutics in the Social Sciences, D. TÄNZLER.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    ISBN: 9781493904822
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 106 p. 11 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Archaeology
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. The management of cultural world heritage sites and development in Africa
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization Ziele und Programme internationalen Akteurs ; Internationale kulturelle Zusammenarbeit ; Kulturpolitik ; Schutz von Kulturgütern ; Afrika ; Management (funktional) ; Kulturelles Erbe ; Dauerhafte Entwicklung ; Aims and programmes of international actors International cultural cooperation ; Cultural policy ; Cultural property protection ; Africa ; Management (functional) ; Cultural heritage ; Sustainable development ; Finanzierung Aktionsprogramm/Aktionsplan ; Bewertung kulturpolitischer Maßnahmen ; Convention concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage (1972-11-16) ; Internationale Konvention zum Schutz des Kultur- und Naturerbes der Welt ; Tourismuspolitik ; Financing Action programmes/action plans ; Evaluation of cultural activities ; tourism policy ; Afrika ; Kulturerbe ; Liste des Kultur- und Naturerbes der Welt
    Abstract: Ever since the signing of the World Heritage Convention 40 years ago and ratified by 33 African countries, to date, only 43 cultural heritage sites have been successfully proclaimed as World Heritage Sites in Africa. These include archaeological and historical sites, religious monuments and cultural landscapes. This book is a re-evaluation of the nomination and management of cultural World Heritage sites in Africa from the late 1970s when the Island of Gorée of Senegal and the Rock-Hewn Churches of Ethiopia were first inscribed on the WHL until today. It considers whether a credible and well balanced WHL has been attained, especially in regards to the nomination of more sites in Africa. The book also examines the roles and contribution of various heritage organizations and African governments to the nomination and management of cultural World Heritage sites in Africa. Lastly, the volume also scrutinizes economic development, which may result from the nomination and successful management of cultural World Heritage sites in Africa
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: An Overview of the History of the Nomination of Cultural World Heritage Sites in AfricaChapter 2: The Role of the African World Heritage Fund in the Conservation of African World Heritage Sites -- Chapter 3: The contribution of ICAHM to the nomination of African cultural World Heritage Sites on the World Heritage List through the African Initiative Program -- Chapter 4: African States Parties, Support, Constraints, Challenges and Opportunities for Managing Cultural World Heritage Sites in Africa -- Chapter 5: The Management of Cultural World Heritage Sites in Africa and their Contribution to the Development of the Continent -- Chapter 6: The Management of cultural World Heritage Sites in Africa and their Contribution to Sustainable Development in the Continent -- Chapter 7: World Heritage Sites, Culture and Sustainable Communities in Africa -- Chapter 8: The Administration of Cultural World Heritage Sites and their Contribution to the Economic Empowerment of Local Communities in Africa.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781461481720
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 328 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Springer Series in Transitional Justice 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Political science ; Development economics ; Cross-cultural psychology ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Development Economics ; Applied psychology ; Transitional Justice ; Wirtschaft
    Abstract: The field of transitional justice has traditionally focused on addressing large-scale human-rights violations involving murder, torture, kidnapping, and rape. But since violations of economic rights often lead to conflict, are perpetrated during conflict, and continue as a post-conflict legacy, it is crucial to pay greater attention to economic and social rights in the transitional justice context as well. A forceful addition to the peace and justice literatures, Justice and Economic Violence in Transition explores the power and potential inherent in adding issues of economic justice to the transitional justice agenda. New papers by established and emerging scholars analyze post-conflict interventions used in addressing extreme poverty, corruption, and the plunder of natural resources, probing the complex questions these efforts raise at the theoretical, practice, and policy levels. In this nuanced context, economic justice is firmly situated within the larger tasks of peacebuilding, and shown as essential to preventing further violence. Among the topics covered in depth: Reparations and economic, social, and cultural rights. Corruption, human rights, and activism: useful connections and their limits. Connections between transitional justice and economic development. Land policy and transitional justice after armed conflict. Accounting for natural resources in conflict. Financial complicity: the Brazilian dictatorship under the “macroscope.” Major steps towards a more holistic view of transitional justice are both timely and necessary. Justice and Economic Violence in Transition is a unique guide intended for an interdisciplinary audience, appealing to scholars and policymakers in fields ranging from conflict resolution, peacebuilding, developmental economics, and political science to international law and human rights
    Description / Table of Contents: Addressing Economic Violence Through Transitional Justice as Transition to Positive PeaceEconomic Violence and Liberal Peacebuilding -- “It’s the Economy, Stupid;” Economic Violence and Violent Conflict -- Economic Violence in the Practice of Truth Commissions -- Reparations and Economic and Social Rights after Violent Conflict -- Corruption and Transitional Justice -- Where does “Transitional Justice” End and “Development” Begin?- Transitional Justice and Natural Resources -- Foreign Investment and Economic Governance in Transitions -- Transitional Justice and Land Tenure Reform -- Conclusion: From Periphery to Foreground;Where Does Policy Go From Here.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    ISBN: 9781461493662
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 285 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Peace Psychology Book Series 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Personal peacefulness
    DDC: 155.2
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Consciousness ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Consciousness ; Psychologie ; Friede ; Zwischenmenschliche Beziehung ; Psychologie ; Friede ; Zwischenmenschliche Beziehung
    Abstract: Personal Peacefulness examines the existing theories and knowledge about the peacefulness of individuals, including inner peace, interpersonal peacefulness, and peaceful attitudes towards groups and nations. It uses the term “personal peacefulness” to refer to the peaceful states, attitudes, and behaviors of individuals, and it discusses the phenomena and determinants of personal peacefulness in the intrapersonal, interpersonal, and intergroup domains. Also addressed is the relationship between personal peacefulness and well-being, describing various methods for enhancing the peacefulness of individuals. Within the framework of a scholarly and scientific approach to the study of personal peacefulness, various psychological perspectives are represented: personality, social, clinical, and positive psychology perspectives, peacefulness as nonviolence, attachment theory and the development of affect regulation, a human needs theory approach, Buddhist conceptions of compassion and mindfulness, a natural science perspective describing physiological foundations for personal peacefulness, phenomenological perspectives, and peacefulness as the promotion of conflict resolution. The book is an important resource for scholars, researchers, and educators in psychology, political science and in a variety of other areas who study and teach topics such as empathy, prosocial behavior, personality, psychological well-being, mental health, personal development, peace and conflict and conflict resolution
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction - Gregory K. Sims, Linden L. Nelson, and Mindy R. Puopolo.-2. Peacefulness as a Personality Trait - Linden L. Nelson3. Peacefulness as Nonviolent Dispositions - Daniel M. Mayton II -- 4. Peaceful Personality: Psychological Dynamics and Core Factors - Linden L. Nelson -- 5. Serenity and Inner Peace: Positive Perspectives - Dale R. Floody -- 6. The Role of Attachment and Affect Regulation in the Development and Maintenance of Personal Peacefulness - Mindy R. Puopolo -- 7. Engaging Personal Peace: Micro and Macro Facets of Needs, Emotions and Mindfulness- Barbara Tint and Mary Zinkin -- 8. Towards a Theoretical Model of Personal Peacefulness -Gregory K. Sims -- 9. Engaged Peaceful Caring of a Personal Nature: Applications In Behalf of Social Justice - Gregory K. Sims -- 10. The Role of Conflict Resolution in Personal Peacefulness - Susan Heitler -- 11. Personal Peacefulness: Expanding the Scope and Application of Peace Psychology -Linden L. Nelson, Mindy R. Puopolo, and Gregory K. Sims.
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    ISBN: 9781493913541
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 137 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: The Springer Series on Human Exceptionality
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Band-Winterstein, Tova Intimate violence across the lifespan
    DDC: 155.2
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Geriatrics ; Public health ; Social work ; Applied psychology ; Consciousness ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Geriatrics ; Public health ; Social work ; Applied psychology ; Consciousness ; Gewalttätigkeit ; Familie ; Wissenschaftliche Literatur
    Abstract: Studies of family functioning as their members age, and of elder abuse at the hands of adult children or caregivers, are recent trends in gerontology. Yet the intersection of these two ideas-the impact of prolonged domestic abuse on elders and their families-has received scant notice. Similarly, questions are posed as to whether abusers "age out" of violence, but answers have been inconclusive. Intimate Violence across the Lifespan addresses these research gaps with a groundbreaking long-term study of why domestic abuse persists, why it replicates, how abusive relationships may be altered by the processes of aging, and how violence may be stopped. The authors' phenomenological approach to their subject makes extensive use of interviews with family members to present a detailed portrait of family violence and the changing dimensions of control and secrecy as abuser and victim age. Close attention is especially paid to the frequently marginalized experiences of adult children, and how these scenarios play out as they become partners and parents. The section on intervention depicts the multiple challenges of working with husbands, wives, and children, with guidelines for encouraging change, closure, and support. Included in the coverage: Hiding as a way of life. Cumulative losses and loss of meaning. Giving meaning to life in violence. The family's summary of its journey in violence. The tension between continuity and change. Intervention: making resilience and survival possible. Intimate Violence across the Lifespan is an essential resource for researchers, graduate students, and clinicians/professionals in varied fields, including gerontology, family, psychotherapy/counseling, social work, personality and social psychology, and public health
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: IntroductionChapter 2: Being in an “As-If” Reality -- Chapter 3: “Carrying the Load Throughout the Journey” -- Chapter 4: The Rebirth of Meaning -- Chapter 5: Epilogue -- Chapter 6: Where do we go from here?.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    ISBN: 9789400760011
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 457 p. 29 illus., 16 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in Brain and Mind 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer vision ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer vision
    Abstract: This volume is product of the third online consciousness conference, held at http://consciousnessonline.com in February and March 2011. Chapters range over epistemological issues in the science and philosophy of perception, what neuroscience can do to help us solve philosophical issues in the philosophy of mind, what the true nature of black and white vision, pain, auditory, olfactory, or multi-modal experiences are, to higher-order theories of consciousness, synesthesia, among others. Each chapter includes a target article, commentaries, and in most cases, a final response from the author. Though wide-ranging all of the papers aim to understand consciousness both from the inside, as we experience it, and from the outside as we encounter it in our science. The Online Consciousness Conference, founded and organized by Richard Brown, is dedicated to the rigorous study of consciousness and mind. The goal is to bring philosophers, scientists, and interested lay persons together in an online venue to promote high-level discussion and exchanging of views, ideas and data related to the scientific and philosophical study of consciousness
    Description / Table of Contents: Chp. 1 Richard Brown “Introduction”I. First-Person Data and the Science of Consciousness -- Chp. 2. Ruth Millikan  “An Epistemology for Phenomenology?” -- Chp.  3. Gualtiero Piccinini & Corey J. Maley “From Phenomenology to the Self-Measurement Methodology of First-Person Data” -- II. Phenomenal Properties and Dualism -- Chp. 4. Paul Churchland “Consciousness and the Introspection of Apparent Qualitative Simples” -- Chp. 5. Torin Alter “Churchland on arguments against physicalism” -- Chp. 6. Paul Churchland “Response to Torin Alter” -- III. Property Dualism and Panpsychism -- Chp. 7. Philip Goff “Orthodox Property Dualism + the Linguistic Theory of Vagueness = Panpsychism” -- Chp. 8. Bill Robinson “A Wake Up Call” -- Chp. 9. Jon Simon “What is Acquaintance with Consciousness?” -- Chp. 10. Philip Goff “Reply to Simon and Robinson” -- IV. Naïve Realism, Hallucinations, and Perceptual Justification -- Chp. 11. Benj Hellie “It’s Still There!” -- Chp. 12. Jacob Berger “Perceptual Justification Outside of Consciousness” -- Chp. 13. Jeff Speaks “Some Thoughts about Hallucination, Self-Representation, and “It’s Still There!”” -- Chp. 14. Heather Logue “But Where is a Hallucinator’s Perceptual Justification?” -- Chp. 15. Benj Hellie “Yep -Still There” -- V. Beyond Color-Consciousness -- Chp. 16. Kathleen Akins “Black and White and Color” -- Chp. 17. Pete Mandik “What is Visual and Phenomenal but Concerns Neither Hue nor Shade?” -- VI. Phenomenal Externalism and the Science of Perception -- Chp. 18. Adam Pautz “The Real Trouble for Phenomenal Externalists: New Evidence for a Brain-Based Theory of Consciousness” -- Chp. 19. David Hilbert & Colin Klein “No Problem” -- Chp. 20. Adam Pautz “Ignoring the Real Problems for Phenomenal Externalism: A Reply to Hilbert and Klein” -- VII. The Ontology of Audition -- Chp. 21. Jason Leddington “What We Hear” -- Chp. 22. Casey O'Calleghan “Audible Independence and Binding” -- Chp. 23. Matt Nudds “Commentary on Leddington” -- VIII. Multi-Modal Experience -- Chp. 24. Kevin Connolly “Making Sense of Multiple Senses” -- Chp. 25. Matt Fulkerson “Explaining Multisensory Experience” -- IX. Synesthesia -- Chp. 26. Berit Brogaard “Seeing as a Non-Experiential Mental State: The Case from Synesthesia and Mental Imagery” -- Chp. 27. Ophelia Deroy “Synesthesia: An Experience of the Third Kind?” -- Chp. 28. Berit Brogaard “Varieties of Synesthetic Experience” -- X. Higher-Order Thought Theories of Consciousness and the Prefrontal Cortex -- Chp. 29. Miguel Ángel Sebastián “Not a Hot Dream” -- Chp. 30. Josh Weisberg “Sweet Dreams are Made of This?  A HOT Response to Sebastián” -- Chp. 31. Matt Ivonowich “The dlPFC isn’t a NCHOT: A Commentary on Sebastián’s “Not a HOT Dream” -- Chp. 32. Miguel Ángel Sebastián “I Cannot Tell You (Everything) About My Dreams: Reply to Ivanowich and Weisberg”.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    ISBN: 9781461481782
    ISSN: 1869-6783
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 214 p. 26 illus., 21 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: When the Land Meets the Sea, An ACUA and SHA Series 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Between the devil and the deep
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kulturerbe ; Meer ; Archäologie ; Öffentlichkeit ; Wrack ; Unterwasserarchäologie ; Kulturerbe ; Meer ; Archäologie ; Öffentlichkeit ; Wrack ; Unterwasserarchäologie
    Abstract: In creating interpretive strategies for maritime sites, archaeologists and resource managers often are required to think creatively to overcome challenges and problems. These issues include interpreting sites in inaccessible locations and extremely deep water, enabling and controlling access to fragile sites and restricted areas, monitoring visitor behavior, making information interesting to a wide audience, and creating opportunities for public engagement, among other concerns. Meeting Challenges presents cutting-edge interpretation and public education strategies for maritime resources, both on land and underwater, with emphasis on solving the unique problems often associated with presenting these fragile, limited-access sites as heritage attractions and on developing effective visitation and civic engagement opportunities. The examples presented ideally can serve as models for resource managers, archaeologists engaged in interpretation, and site administrators. This volume brings together a diverse group of heritage professionals to discuss issues they’ve encountered and to present ideas and case studies for adapting, improvising, and overcoming them
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Part I:Challenges in Public Access and Engagement; Chapter 1: Toward Multivocality in Public Archaeology: Public Empowerment Through Collaboration; Historical Trends in Public Interpretation of Cultural Heritage; Recent Developments in Public Participation and Collaboration; Applications at Underwater and Marine Sites; References; Chapter 2: Connecting the Wrecks: A Case Study in Conveying the Importance of Submerged Cultural Heritage Through a Scaled Outreach Approach; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: The Naval History and Heritage Command's Underwater Archaeology BranchFrom the Personal to the Public: A Multifaceted Outreach Approach; Academic Internship Program; UAB Facility Tours; Speaking Engagements; Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics Curriculum Outreach; Archaeological Artifact Loan Program; Publications, Digital Outreach, and Mass Media; Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Out of Sight, Out of Mind and at Risk: The United Kingdom Public's Engagement with Heritage; Introduction; Out of Sight and Often Out of Mind
    Description / Table of Contents: UK Government's Vision for the Regeneration of the Historic EnvironmentStatistics Extracted from Progress Reports of the Policy; Popularity of Maritime Heritage; City of Adelaide; Stirling Castle, 1703; The Economics of Recreational Diving; Diver Tourism, Scylla; Popularity of Heritage Television; Public Attitudes on Heritage Protection; Summary; References; Chapter 4: Connecting People to the Past: An Ethnographic Approach to Maritime Heritage Interpretation and Recreation; Introduction; Research Problem; Methodology Overview; Ethnographic Research; Ethnographic Insight; Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 5: Management of Submerged Cultural Heritage: Public Outreach Examples as a Result of the Section 106 Process; The Deep Wrecks Project; Archaeological Analysis of Submerged Sites on the Gulf of Mexico Outer Continental Shelf; Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Shifting Sand: A Model for Facilitating Public Assistance in Coastal Archaeology; Introduction; Background; The Problem; The Solution; Cooperation; SHIPS Design; Step 1, Education; Step 2, Reporting; Step 3, Responding; Summary; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: "Public" and "the Public" in Italian Underwater Archaeology: A Sardinian PerspectiveIntroduction; Historical Background; Cultural Heritage Management in Italy; Sardinian Cultural Identity and the Issue of Authenticity; Applying Public Outreach and Education Efforts to the Sardinian Panorama: Purposes and Impasses; What Can Be Done in the Future?; References; Chapter 8: The Success of the South Carolina Sport Diver Archaeology Management Program; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 9: Maritime Heritage Outreach and Education: East Carolina University's Engagement with International Public Communities in Africa and the Caribbean
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Part I:Challenges in Public Access and Engagement; Chapter 1: Toward Multivocality in Public Archaeology: Public Empowerment Through Collaboration; Historical Trends in Public Interpretation of Cultural Heritage; Recent Developments in Public Participation and Collaboration; Applications at Underwater and Marine Sites; References; Chapter 2: Connecting the Wrecks: A Case Study in Conveying the Importance of Submerged Cultural Heritage Through a Scaled Outreach Approach; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: The Naval History and Heritage Command's Underwater Archaeology BranchFrom the Personal to the Public: A Multifaceted Outreach Approach; Academic Internship Program; UAB Facility Tours; Speaking Engagements; Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics Curriculum Outreach; Archaeological Artifact Loan Program; Publications, Digital Outreach, and Mass Media; Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Out of Sight, Out of Mind and at Risk: The United Kingdom Public's Engagement with Heritage; Introduction; Out of Sight and Often Out of Mind
    Description / Table of Contents: UK Government's Vision for the Regeneration of the Historic EnvironmentStatistics Extracted from Progress Reports of the Policy; Popularity of Maritime Heritage; City of Adelaide; Stirling Castle, 1703; The Economics of Recreational Diving; Diver Tourism, Scylla; Popularity of Heritage Television; Public Attitudes on Heritage Protection; Summary; References; Chapter 4: Connecting People to the Past: An Ethnographic Approach to Maritime Heritage Interpretation and Recreation; Introduction; Research Problem; Methodology Overview; Ethnographic Research; Ethnographic Insight; Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 5: Management of Submerged Cultural Heritage: Public Outreach Examples as a Result of the Section 106 Process; The Deep Wrecks Project; Archaeological Analysis of Submerged Sites on the Gulf of Mexico Outer Continental Shelf; Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Shifting Sand: A Model for Facilitating Public Assistance in Coastal Archaeology; Introduction; Background; The Problem; The Solution; Cooperation; SHIPS Design; Step 1, Education; Step 2, Reporting; Step 3, Responding; Summary; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: "Public" and "the Public" in Italian Underwater Archaeology: A Sardinian PerspectiveIntroduction; Historical Background; Cultural Heritage Management in Italy; Sardinian Cultural Identity and the Issue of Authenticity; Applying Public Outreach and Education Efforts to the Sardinian Panorama: Purposes and Impasses; What Can Be Done in the Future?; References; Chapter 8: The Success of the South Carolina Sport Diver Archaeology Management Program; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 9: Maritime Heritage Outreach and Education: East Carolina University's Engagement with International Public Communities in Africa and the Caribbean
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    ISBN: 9781461487609
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVII, 269 p. 68 illus., 13 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Interdisciplinary Contributions to Archaeology 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Anthropology ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Humanities ; Anthropology ; Archaeology ; Mesoamerika ; Präkolumbische Zeit ; Schädel ; Deformation ; Ritus
    Abstract: The artificial shaping of the skull vault of infants expresses fundamental aspects of crafted beauty, of identity, status and gender in a way no other body practice does. Combining different sources of information, this volume contributes new interpretations on Mesoamerican head shaping traditions. Here, the head with its outer insignia was commonly used as a metaphor for designating the “self” and personhood and, as part of the body, served as a model for the indigenous universe. Analogously, the outer “looks” of the head and its anatomical constituents epitomized deeply embedded worldviews and longstanding traditions. It is in this sense that this book explores both the quotidian roles and long-standing ideological connotations of cultural head modifications in Mesoamerica and beyond, setting new standards in the discussion of the scope, caveats, and future directions involved in this study. The systematic examination of Mesoamerican skeletal series fosters an explained review of indigenous cultural history through the lens of emblematic head models with their nuanced undercurrents of religious identity and ethnicity, social organization and dynamic cultural shift. The embodied expressions of change are explored in different geocultural settings and epochs, being most visible in the centuries surrounding the Maya collapse and following the cultural clash implied by the European conquest. These glimpses on the Mesoamerican past through head practices are novel, as is the general treatment of methodology and theoretical frames. Although it is anchored in physical anthropology and archaeology (specifically bioarchaeology), this volume also integrates knowledge derived from anatomy and human physiology, historical and iconographic sources, linguistics (polisemia) and ethnography. The scope of this work is rounded up by the transcription and interpretation of the many colonial eye witness accounts on indigenous head treatments in Mesoamerica and beyond
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionPART I: INTERDISCIPLINARY APPROACHES TO ARTIFICIAL CRANIAL MODIFICATION -- Cultural frameworks for studying artificial cranial modifications -- Physical embodiment, identity, age, and gender -- Cranial expansion and artificial vault modifications -- Reconstructing ancient head-shaping traditions from the skeletal record -- Source compilation on head-shaping practices in Hispanic America, with comments by Pilar Zabala -- PART II REGIONAL APPROACHES: HEAD PRACTICES AND THEIR CULTURAL MEANINGS IN PRE-COLUMBIAN MESOAMERICA AND BEYOND -- Meanings of head-shaping practices in Mesoamerica -- Emulating Olmec gods through head form. Origins and Preclassic Period -- Head shapes in Classic period Mesoamerica -- Growing up Maya. Gender, Identity and dynasty -- Head-shaping during the second millennium. Postclassic and post-contact Mesoamerica -- Conclusions: New perspectives for studying head-shaping practices in Mesoamerica.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    ISBN: 9781461473916
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 289 p. 5 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: International and Cultural Psychology
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Toward a socially responsible psychology for a global era
    DDC: 155.8
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Globalisierung ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Soziale Verantwortung ; Psychologie ; Globalisierung ; Psychologie ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Soziale Verantwortung ; System ; Globalisierung ; Psychologie ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Soziale Verantwortung ; System
    Abstract: The progression is a logical one: in keeping with an era noted for advances toward greater equality and an irreversible trend toward globalization--but also marked with bigotry, persecution, and environmental destruction-- psychology has developed the potential to heal large populations as well as individuals.    Toward a Socially Responsible Psychology for a Global Era describes the changes necessary to address the systemic problems affecting an increasingly distressed world. This path-breaking resource challenges readers to rethink the basic and implicit assumptions of psychology, reframing the field in terms of its responsibility as a healing science and force for social justice, and elucidates the context that makes this paradigm shift so necessary. Contributors analyze not only central issues shaping the field, but a practical framework for a redefined discipline, with concepts such as socially responsible inquiry and clinical practice, and strategies for working with like-minded communities and institutions toward key objectives, among them:  Achieving a sustainable future. Developing clinical practice suited to a global community. Attaining global consciousness in the context of societal health. Overcoming racism, sexism, and poverty. Healing the causes of human suffering and environmental harm. Conceptualizing and actualizing justice restoratively. Achieving a psychology of nonviolence. A volume with a clear moral vision, Toward a Socially Responsible Psychology for a Global Era is an affirmation of purpose and a call to action for psychologists to bring greater relevance to their profession towards building a shared just, humane and sustainable future  
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Editors Biography; Authors Biography; Part ICentral Dimensions of Rethinking a Socially Responsible Psychology for a Global Era; 1 Focusing Psychology on the Global Challenge: Achieving a Sustainable Future; 1.1…Psychology and Culture: A Global Perspective; 1.2…Key Global Documents that Provide the Ethical Underpinnings and Guiding Moral Visionmoral vision for this Volume; 1.2.1 Psychological Dimensions and Significance of the UDHRUDHR; 1.2.2 Psychological Dimensions and Significance of the Earth CharterEarth Charter; 1.2.2.1 Central Principles
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.2.2 Constructs1.2.2.3 Behavioral Requirements; 1.3…A Vision of Psychology in an Explicit Normative Context; 1.4…Toward a Psychological Science of Globalization, a Global Community Psychology; References; 2 Transforming a Limited Social Function into a Viable Global Action Agenda; 2.1…A Historical Perspective; 2.2…Guiding Prevalent AssumptionsAssumptions and Contemporary Psychology; 2.2.1 Individualism; 2.2.2 AssumptionsAssumptions of Scarcity; 2.2.3 Crude Materialism; 2.2.4 Contingent Worth and Meritocracy; 2.2.5 The Labels 'Liberal' and 'Conservative'
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.6 Neoliberalism, Objectivity and Value Neutrality: The Normalization of Hierarchy and Uncritical Alignment with Dominant ValuesValues2.3…Psychological Impact of Prevailing and Unexamined Guiding AssumptionsAssumptions; 2.3.1 The Role of Psychologists in the Promotion of Perspectives, ValuesValues and Priorities; 2.3.2 Psychologists and Neoliberalism; 2.3.3 Psychologists, Value Neutrality, and Objectivity; 2.3.4 Academic Psychology and Obedience to Authority; 2.4…Beyond Prevailing AssumptionsAssumptions: Developing a Global Action Agenda
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 Hierarchical Systems DialecticalDialectical Approach in Teaching, Research, and Training2.4.1.1 Hierarchical Systems Approach; 2.4.2 Centrality of Moral Principles in a Global Psychological Action Agenda; 2.5…Final Thoughts Regarding a Global Curriculum; References; 3 Practices of Psychological Inquiry: The Global Challenge; 3.1…From Empiricist Foundations to Social EpistemologySocial Epistemology; 3.1.1 Ideological Analysis; 3.1.2 Linguistic and Literary Theory; 3.1.3 Social Construction of Scientific Knowledge; 3.1.4 Knowledge and Human Interests; 3.1.5 Summary of Section 1
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2…Socially Responsible InquirySocially Responsible Inquiry3.2.1 Research for Pragmatic Utility; 3.2.2 Liberation and Critical Reflection; 3.2.3 Conceptual Innovation; 3.2.4 Future Forming Practices; 3.3…Psychology and Global Impact: A Collective Delusion?; 3.4…In Conclusion: Recommendations; References; 4 Toward Socially Responsible Clinical Practice Suited to the Needs of a Global Community; 4.1…Global CommunityGlobal community health Psychology: Becoming Counselors of the World; 4.2…Central Values and Priorities Underlying Current Western Clinical Training and Practice
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3…Morality, Moral RelativismMoral Relativism, and Psychotherapy
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I: Central dimensions of rethinking a socially responsible psychology for a global eraFocusing psychology on the global challenge: Achieving a sustainable future -- Psychology, Culture and a Global Perspective -- Key Global Documents that Provide the Ethical Underpinnings and Guiding Moral Vision for This Volume -- A Vision of Psychology in an Explicit Normative Context.-  Toward a Psychological Science of Globalization, A Global Community Psychology -- Transforming a limited social function into a viable global action agenda -- A Historical Perspective -- Guiding Prevalent Assumptions and Contemporary Psychology -- Psychological Impact of Prevailing and Unexamined Guiding Assumptions -- Beyond Prevailing Assumptions: Developing a Global Action Agenda -- Practices of Psychological Inquiry: The Global Challenge -- From Empiricist Foundations to Social Epistemology -- Socially Responsible Inquiry -- Psychology and Global Impact: A Collective Delusion? -- In Conclusion: Recommendations -- Toward socially responsible clinical practice suited to the needs of global community -- Global Community Psychology: Becoming Counselors of the World -- Central Values and Priorities Underlying Current Western Clinical Training and Practice -- Morality, Moral Relativism, and Psychotherapy -- Psychotherapy and the Cost of War -- Tension Between Current Clinical Values and Priorities and the Core Values Articulated in the UDHR and the Earth Charter -- Some Recent Developments Toward Global Maturity in Clinical Practice -- Systemic and Policy Shifts Needed to Enhance Social and Global Responsibility in Clinical Practice -- Conclusion and Recommendations -- Toward Social Health for a Global Community.-Parallel Global Processes: Fragmentation of Human Consciousness and Society, and Global Unification Around Issues of Social Justice -- Early Understanding of Social Health -- First Systemic Approach to Social Health: Erich Fromm -- Toward a Complex Systems Approach to Social Health -- The Need for Balance of Love, Reason, and Faith in Human Affairs -- Emerging Possible Early Definition of Social Health -- Social Health As A Process of Unity in Diversity -- Summary and Conclusions -- Toward Cultivating Socially Responsible Global Consciousness -- Developmental Reconstructions of Self-Identity -- Consciousness as a Focal Point of Psychological Study -- Centrality of Moral Character and Choice in Development -- Further Role for Psychology and Psychologists in Promoting the Growth and Transformation of Consciousness -- Part II: Pressing Global Issues -- Toward a Psychology of Nonviolence -- Definitions -- Ontological Assumptions -- Effectiveness vs. Fruitfulness of Nonviolent Civil Resistance -- Psychology and the Military -- A Conceptual Framework -- Future Psychological Directions -- Toward Racial Justice -- The Racial Perceptual Divide -- The Racial Reality of Policing Practices -- The Criminal In-Justice System -- Contemporary Racism -- The Sociopolitical Context -- Moving Toward Equity and Justice -- Recommendations -- Overcoming Discrimination, Persecution, and Violence Against Women -- Oppression -- The Relational Self -- Challenging Silence: The Importance of Counter-Narratives to Gender Ideologies -- Conclusions and Further Recommendations -- Poor People, Poor Planet: The Psychology of How We Harm and Heal Hummanity and Earth -- The Role of Psychological Processes in Economic Justice and Socio-Environmental Sustainability -- The Centrality of Poverty in Economic Growth, Environmental Decline, and Community Suffering -- The Moral, Psychological and Environmental Dilemma of Poverty -- Changing the Structures Underlying Poverty and Environmental Harm -- What Psychology Can Do to Deter Our Harmful Ways -- Where There is Psychology is There Hope? -- Processes in the Development of Individual and Collective Consciousness and the Role of Religious and Spiritual Communities -- Socially Responsible Psychology and the Development of Dialectical Thinking -- Social Contexts and Dialectical Praxis -- Socially Responsible Psychology and the Role of Religious and Spiritual Communities -- Spiritual Ethic for Global Governance: Interreligious Efforts -- Toward the Integration of Materialistic and Spiritual Ontologies, Epistemologies, and Praxiologies in the Quest for a Common Foundation.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781461488217
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 303 p. 6 illus., 3 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Annals of Theoretical Psychology 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. The catalyzing mind
    DDC: 155.2
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Consciousness ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Consciousness
    Abstract: How do we understand and explain phenomena in psychology? What does the concept of “causality” mean when we discuss higher psychological functions and behavior? Is it possible to generate “laws” in a psychological and behavioral science-laws that go beyond statistical regularities, frequencies, and probabilities? An international group of authors compare and contrast the use of a causal model in psychology with a newer model-the catalytic model. The Catalyzing Mind: Beyond Models of Causality proposes an approach to the qualitative nature of psychological phenomena that focuses on the psychological significance and meaning of conditions, contexts, and situations as well as their sign-mediating processes. Contributors develop, apply, and criticize the notion of a catalyzing mind in hopes of achieving conceptual clarity and rigor. Disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, semiotics and biosemiotics are used for an interdisciplinary approach to the book. Research topics such as history and national identity, immigration, and transitions to adulthood are all brought into a dialogue with the concept of the catalyzing mind. With a variety of disciplines, theoretical concepts, and research topics this book is a collective effort at an approach to move beyond models of causality for explaining and understanding psychological phenomena
    Description / Table of Contents: Annals of Theoretical Psychology: A Reintroduction. Craig Gruber, Jaan Valsiner, Matthew Clark and Sven Hroar KlempeSystematic Systemics: Causality, Catalysis, and Developmental Cybernetics. Kenneth R. Cabell and Jaan Valsiner -- Breaking The Arrows of Causality: The Idea of Catalysis in its Making. Jaan Valsiner -- Cause and Catalyst: A Differentiation. Alaric Kohler -- Catalysis, Cause, and Explanation: An Interdisciplinary Inquiry. Sven Hroar Klempe -- Semiotic Scaffolding: A Biosemiotic Link Between Sema and Soma. Jesper Hoffmeyer -- Catalysis and Scaffolding in Semiotic. Kalevi Kull -- A Systemic Approach to Cultural Diffusion and Reconstruction. Brady Wagoner -- Catalysis and Morphogenesis: The Contextual Semiotic Configuration of Form, Function, and Fields of Experience. Raffaele De Luc Picione and Maria Francesco Freda -- Exploring the Role of Catalyzing Agents in the Transition to Adulthood: A Longitudinal Case Study with Brazilian Youth. Elsa de Mattos and Antonio Marcos Chaves -- Catalysts and Regulators of Psychological Change in the Context of Immigration Ruptures. Irini Kadianaki and Tania Zittoun -- Fostering National Identity, Hindering Historical Understanding. Cesar Lopez, Mario Carretero and Maria Rodrigues-Moneo -- Beyond the Self and the Environment: The Psychological Horizon. Luca Tateo -- Man’s Search for Extra-Ordinary Answers in Life: Silence as a Catalyst for Crisis-Solving. Olga V. Lehmann Oliveros -- Semiotic Catalytic Activators: an Early Semioitc Mediation in the Construction of Personal Syntheses. Marcio S. da Silva -- A Structural Systemic Theory of Causality and Catalysis. Aaro Toomela.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    ISBN: 9781493908677
    Language: English
    Pages: XII, 365 p. 10 illus., 4 illus. in color
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 155.2
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Anthropology ; Consciousness ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    ISBN: 9789400778290
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (278 pages) , illustrations.
    Series Statement: Social Indicators Research Series 53
    Series Statement: Social Indicators Research Ser. v.53
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of life ; Humanities ; Quality of life -- Research ; Developmental psychology ; Social sciences ; Quality of life ; Humanities ; Quality of life ; Research ; Developmental psychology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This publication will fill a significant gap in the literature on quality of life and subjective wellbeing by addressing the gender dimensions of people's lived experience and emphasizing how gender relationships differentially impact on women's and girls' as well as men's and boys' subjective wellbeing across the lifespan. Sex-disaggregation of data on objective conditions of quality of life is now routinely undertaken in many countries of the world. However, despite the burgeoning of objective data on sex differences in life conditions across the world, very little gender analysis is carried out to explain fully such difference and there is still a serious dearth of data on gender differences in subjective experiences of quality of life and wellbeing. This publication will assist researchers, teachers, service providers and policy makers in filling some of the gaps in currently available literature on the nexus between age and gender in producing differential experiences of subjective wellbeing. The book brings together research which compares female's and male's subjective experiences of wellbeing at various life stages from a variety of countries and regions, particularly focusing on women's subjective wellbeing.
    Abstract: Intro -- Contents -- Contributors -- Chapter-1 -- Gender, Lifespan, Cultural Context and QOL -- References -- Chapter-2 -- Personal Well-being and Interpersonal Communication of 12-16 Year-Old Girls and Their Own Mothers: Gender and Intergenerational Issues -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Method Procedure and Sample -- 2.2.1 Description of the Variables -- 2.3 Results -- 2.3.1 Activities -- 2.3.2 Conversations -- 2.3.3 Satisfaction -- 2.3.4 Values Aspired to for the Girls' Future -- 2.3.5 Explained Model of Girls' and Mothers' Satisfaction with Life as a Whole -- 2.4 Discussion -- References -- Chapter-3 -- Gender Dimensions of Life Quality for Adults in Australia -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Subjective Wellbeing Homeostasis -- 3.3 Homeostatic Buffers -- 3.4 External Buffers -- 3.5 Internal Buffers -- 3.6 Gender Differences -- 3.7 Method -- 3.8 Results -- 3.8.1 Gender × Survey -- 3.8.2 Personal Wellbeing Domains -- 3.8.3 Domain Stability Across Surveys × Gender -- 3.8.4 Demographic Influences on Gender Differences in SWB -- 3.8.5 Age -- 3.8.6 Living Alone -- 3.8.7 Relationship Status -- 3.8.8 Work Status -- 3.9 Discussion -- 3.9.1 Overall Pattern of Gender Differences -- 3.9.2 Age -- 3.9.3 Living Alone -- 3.9.4 Work Status -- 3.10 Summary -- References -- Chapter-4 -- Chasing the 'Good Life': GenderDifferences in Work Aspirationsof American Men and Women -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Conceptual Framework -- 4.3 Data and Methods -- 4.4 Results -- 4.4.1 Gender Differences in Aspirations and Attainments -- 4.4.1.1 Material Goods -- 4.4.1.2 Good Health -- 4.4.1.3 Family Life -- 4.4.1.4 Work -- 4.4.1.5 Work Aspirations over the Life Course -- 4.5 Summary and Discussion -- References -- Chapter-5 -- Gender Dimensions of Quality of Life in Algeria -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Gender Equalities: The Current Situation.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed January 12, 2014)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    ISBN: 9789400779143
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vi, 248 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology Volume 17
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The moral status of technical artefacts
    DDC: 303.483
    RVK:
    Keywords: Technology -- Social aspects ; Engineering design -- Philosophy ; Technology ; Social aspects ; Engineering design ; Philosophy ; Electronic books ; Engineering ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Political science ; Technology ; Technik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Technik
    Abstract: This book considers the question: to what extent does it make sense to qualify technical artefacts as moral entities? The authors' contributions trace recent proposals and topics including instrumental and non-instrumental values of artefacts, agency and artefactual agency, values in and around technologies, and the moral significance of technology. The editors' introduction explains that as 'agents' rather than simply passive instruments, technical artefacts may actively influence their users, changing the way they perceive the world, the way they act in the world and the way they interact with each other. This volume features the work of various experts from around the world, representing a variety of positions on the topic. Contributions explore the contested discourse on agency in humans and artefacts, defend the Value Neutrality Thesis by arguing that technological artefacts do not contain, have or exhibit values, or argue that moral agency involves both human and non-human elements.The book also investigates technological fields that are subject to negative moral valuations due to the harmful effects of some of their products. It includes an analysis of some difficulties arising in Artificial Intelligence and an exploration of values in Chemistry and in Engineering. The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts is an advanced exploration of the various dimensions of the relations between technology and morality.
    Abstract: Intro -- Contents -- Chapter 1: Introduction: The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts -- Reference -- Chapter 2: Agency in Humans and in Artifacts: A Contested Discourse -- 2.1 Intentions, Ethics, and Artifacts -- 2.2 Artifacts with Secondary Agency -- 2.3 Artifacts as Delegated Agents -- 2.4 Artifacts and Cultures -- 2.5 Questioning Conclusions -- References -- Chapter 3: Towards a Post-human Intra-actional Account of Sociomaterial Agency (and Morality) -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Making Sense of Sociomaterial Agency (and Morality) -- 3.2.1 The Inter-actional Human-Centred Account of Sociomaterial Agency -- 3.2.2 The Intra-actional Post-humanist Account of Sociomaterial Agency -- 3.3 Figuring Intra-actional Agency in the Plagiarism Detection Phenomenon -- 3.3.1 'Cutting and Pasting' and the Reconstitution of Writing and Authorship -- 3.3.2 The Emergence of the Phenomenon of Plagiarism -- 3.3.3 'Cutting and Pasting' and the Constitution of the Plagiarist -- 3.3.4 PDS, Education and the Production of Intellectual Property -- 3.4 Intra-actional Agency and Disclosive Ethics -- 3.4.1 Disclosive Archaeology of Phenomena -- 3.4.2 Towards Intra-actional Responsibility -- References -- Chapter 4: Which Came First, the Doer or the Deed? -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Individualism -- 4.3 A Modernist Frame -- 4.4 Composite Agency -- 4.5 A Postmodernist Frame -- 4.6 Zooming Out -- 4.7 Conclusion -- References -- Chapter 5: Some Misunderstandings About the Moral Significance of Technology -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Do Artifacts Have Morality? -- 5.3 Do Artifacts Have Agency? -- 5.4 Can Things Have Intentionality? -- 5.5 Can Freedom Be Technologically Mediated? -- 5.6 Conclusion: Is There a Symmetry Between Humans and Technologies? -- References -- Chapter 6: "Guns Don't Kill, People Kill" -- Values in and/or Around Technologies -- 6.1 Introduction.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references at the end of each chapters. Description based on print version record
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    ISBN: 9781461493969
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 119 p. 37 illus., 26 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Archaeology
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Farrujia de la Rosa, A. José Archaeology of the margins
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Kanarische Inseln ; Archäologie ; Kulturerbe
    Abstract: This book analyses the problematics of archaeological heritage management in the Canary Islands, which are echoed in other parts of the world where the indigenous heritage is under-represented. The present-day management of Canarian archaeological heritage has a very specific and unusual context given that the archipelago is located on the fringes of Europe, belonging to Spain and therefore to the European Unión, but geographically and in terms of early history being part of Africa. From a theoretical perspective, then, the proposed book analyzes issues such as the effects of colonialism and eurocentrism on the management of the archaeological heritage. It also examines the evolutionist and historico-cultural models used to analyze past societies and, ultimately, used to create identities that influence archaeological heritage management itself. From a practical point of view, the book presents a proposal for enhancing the archaeological heritage of the Canary Islands through the creation of archaeological parks (providing some concrete examples in the case of the city of La Laguna) and the active involvement of the local community. Parallel to this, the book considers the Canarian Archipelago as part of a problematic that is not unique to this area but is an example of poor indigenous heritage management overall. It demonstrates how the course of history and the politics of the past still have an excessive influence on the way in which the present-day archaeological heritage is interpreted and managed. Therefore, this book provides an almost unique opportunity for uncovering the history of archaeology within the margins of Europe (in fact, in an African region) and exploring colonial and foreign influences. In many ways it is a mirror of archaeological mainstreams and an exercise in (re)thinking the aim and status of present-day archaeology
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionChapter I: The invention of Canarian prehistory and early archaeological heritage management in the 19th century (1868-1936).-Chapter II: Archaeology and dictatorship: the centralisation of archaeological heritage management (1939-1975) -- Chapter III In search of the indigenous culture of the Canary Islands (1975-2012).
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    ISBN: 9789400709294
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVII, 1860 p. 29 illus., 26 illus. in color. eReference, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Humanities ; Humanities / Arts ; Ethics ; Philosophy of nature ; Agriculture ; Environmental law ; Landwirtschaft ; Nahrung ; Ethik
    Abstract: This Encyclopedia offers a definitive source on issues pertaining to the full range of topics in the important new area of food and agricultural ethics. It includes summaries of historical approaches, current scholarship, social movements, and new trends from the standpoint of the ethical notions that have shaped them. It combines detailed analyses of specific topics such as the role of antibiotics in animal production, the Green Revolution, and alternative methods of organic farming, with longer entries that summarize general areas of scholarship and explore ways that they are related. Renewed debate, discussion and inquiry into food and agricultural topics have become a hallmark of the turn toward more sustainable policies and lifestyles in the 21st century. Attention has turned to the goals and ethical rationale behind production, distribution and consumption of food, as well as to non-food uses of cultivated biomass and the products of animal husbandry. These wide-ranging debates encompass questions in human nutrition, animal rights and the environmental impacts of aquaculture and agricultural production. Each of these and related topics is both technically complex and involves an - often implicit - ethical dimension. Other topics include methods for integrating ethics into scientific and technical research programs or development projects, the role of intensive agriculture and biotechnology in addressing persistent world hunger and the role of crops, forests and engineered organisms in making a transition to renewable, carbon-neutral sources of energy. The Encyclopedia of Food and Agricultural Ethics proves an indispensible reference point for future research and writing on topics in agriculture and food ethics for decades to come
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401794510
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 90 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy
    Abstract: This book addresses a tightly knit cluster of questions in the philosophy of mind. There is the question: Are mental properties identical with physical properties? An affirmative answer would seem to secure the truth of physicalism regarding the mind, i.e., the belief that all mental phenomena obtain solely in virtue of physical phenomena. If the answer is negative, then the question arises: Can this solely in virtue of relation be understood as some kind of dependence short of identity? And answering this requires answering two further questions. Exactly what sort of dependence on the physical does physicalism require, and what is needed for a property or phenomenon to qualify as physical? It is argued that multiple realizability still provides irresistible proof (especially with the possibility of immaterial realizers) that mental properties are not identical with any properties of physics, chemistry, or biology. After refuting various attempts to formulate nonreductive physicalism with the notion of realization, a new definition of physicalism is offered. This definition shows how it could be that the mental depends solely on the physical even if mental properties are not identical with those of the natural sciences. Yet, it is also argued that the sort of psychophysical dependence described is robust enough that if it were to obtain, then in a plausible and robust sense of ‘physical’, mental properties would still qualify as physical properties
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048129218
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 422 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Dao Companions to Chinese Philosophy 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Dao companion to Japanese Confucian philosophy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Regional planning ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy, Confucian--Japan. ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Japan ; Konfuzianismus ; Ideengeschichte 1600-1868
    Abstract: This volume features in-depth philosophical analyses of major Japanese Confucian philosophers as well as themes and topics addressed in their writings. Its main historical focus is the early-modern period (1600-1868), when much original Confucian philosophizing occurred. Written by scholars from the United States, Canada, Europe, Australia, Japan, and China and eclectic in methodology and disciplinary approach, this anthology seeks to advance new multidimensional studies of Japanese Confucian philosophy for English language readers. It presents essays that focus on Japanese Confucianism, while including topics related to Buddhism, Shintō, Nativism, and even Andō Shōeki 安藤昌益 (1703-1762), one of the most vehement critics of Confucianism in all of East Asia. The book builds on the premise that Japanese Confucian philosophy consists in the ongoing engagement in critical, self-reflective discussions of and speculative theorizing about ethics, epistemology, metaphysics, political theory, and spiritual problems, as well as aesthetics, cosmology, and ontology
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400769588
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 843 p. 2 illus. eReference, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy—History. ; Philosophy ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy.
    Abstract: The History of Philosophy in Australia and New Zealand is a comprehensive account of the historical development of philosophy in Australia and New Zealand, from the establishment of the first Philosophy Chair in Australasia in 1886 at the University of Melbourne to the current burgeoning of Australasian philosophy. The work is divided into two broad sections, the first providing an account of significant developments and events during various periods in the history of Australasian philosophy, and the second focusing on ideas and theories that have been influential in various disciplines within Australasian philosophy. The work consists of chapters contributed by various philosophers, on specific fields of inquiry or historical periods within Australasian philosophy
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    ISBN: 9789401786072
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 105 p. 58 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Well-Being and Quality of Life Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Lippman, Laura H. Flourishing children
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology ; Quality of Life ; Developmental psychology ; Psychometrics
    Abstract: This volume presents the results of the Flourishing Children Project. The study addressed gaps in the research on indicators of positive development of adolescents. Such indicators are essential for the balanced and scientifically sound study of adolescents. Yet measures of many aspects of flourishing are not available, and when they do exist, they are rarely measured in a developmentally appropriate manner for adolescents. In addition, they are often too long for program evaluations and surveys, have not been tested on diverse populations, nor carefully validated as predictors of positive outcomes. The Flourishing Children Project undertook the development of scales for adolescents ages 12-17 for 19 aspects of flourishing covering six domains: flourishing in school and work, personal flourishing, flourishing in relationships, relationship skills, helping others to flourish, and environmental stewardship. This volume describes the four-stage process of developing the scales, including: Reviewing the literature for extant measures for items to test and synthesizing the existing research into consensus definitions for each construct; conducting cognitive testing of items with adolescents and their parents; pilot testing the items; and conducting psychometric analyses
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    ISBN: 9789048194735
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 988 p. 79 illus., 18 illus. in color. eReference, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Eemeren, Frans H. van, 1946 - Handbook of argumentation theory
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Logic ; Law ; Social sciences ; Linguistics. ; Argumentationstheorie
    Abstract: The Handbook Argumentation Theory provides an up to date survey of the various theoretical contributions to the development of argumentation theory for all scholars interested in argumentation, informal logic and rhetoric. It describes the historical roots of modern argumentation theory that are still an important theoretical background to contemporary approaches. Because of the complexity, diversity and rate of developments in argumentation theory, there is a real need for an overview of the state of the art, the main approaches that can be distinguished and the distinctive features of these approaches. The Handbook covers classical and modern backgrounds to the study of argumentation, the New Rhetoric developed by Perelman and Olbrechts-Tyteca, the Toulmin model, formal approaches, informal logic, communication and rhetoric, pragmatic approaches, linguistic approaches and pragma-dialectics. The Handbook is co-authored by Frans H. van Eemeren, Bart Garssen, Erik C.W. Krabbe, A. Francisca Snoeck Henkemans, Bart Verheij and Jean Wagemans, who are a coherent and prominent writing team whose expertise covers the whole field. The authors are assisted by an international Editorial Board consisting of outstanding argumentation scholars whose fields of interest are represented in the volume
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781493902835
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 114 p. 25 illus., 20 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Archaeology
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Archaeological dimension of World Heritage
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Archäologie ; Weltkulturerbe
    Abstract: This volume presents case studies from around the world aiming to serve as a hands-on book for management and treatment of archaeological World Heritage properties. It comprises not only sites inscribed as World Heritage due to their archaeological character but also World Heritage properties where the analysis of their archaeological dimension provides a deeper and better understanding of the assets and includes the potential for disseminating this knowledge. The book has an important practical value, since all the works presented here illustrate - with practical examples, the best and most appropriate ways to manage World Heritage properties. The aim of the heritage managers at these World Heritage sites is to improve conservation and increase understanding and communication in such a way that the communities living in those sites or who earn a livelihood from them can be positively affected by these initiatives.The book presents exemplary models of heritage management in World Heritage propertiesan issue not treated in depth up to now and Best Practices in this management. Therefore, this volume becomes a new, original source presenting model strategies to be followed by other initiatives in order to improve the consideration and treatment of the most outstanding valued sites considered by UNESCO.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Contents; Contributors; About the Editor; Chapter 1: Archaeological Dimension of World Heritage: From Prevention to Social Implications; Introduction; World Heritage and the Archaeological Dimension; From Prevention to Social Implications; Toward Best Practices; References; Chapter 2: An Approach on the Application of Preventive Archaeology in Havana's Historic Center, Cuba; Historical Background; Institutional Framework; Foundation of Management Models; Theoretical Framework; Procedure; Defining Zones for Protection; Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: A Three-Dimensional Approach to the Documentation and Analysis of Heritage Sites: A Case Study from the Cypriot Cultural Heritage LandscapeIntroduction; Description of the Case Study; Workflow Methodology; Preliminary Results; Discussion and Future Work; References; Chapter 4: The Willandra Lakes Region World Heritage Area, New South Wales, Australia: Land Use Planning and Management of Aboriginal and Archaeological Heritage; Introduction; Sustaining the Willandra; Individual Property Plans (IPPs); Mungo National Park: Changing Park Management
    Description / Table of Contents: Individual Site Plans and Site Conservation ChallengesChanging Land Use Patterns; Recent Research; Conclusions; References; Chapter 5: Is World Heritage a Heritage of the Community?; Introduction; São Miguel das Missões: A Brief Overview; "São Miguel das Missões: Musealization Beyond the Classified Monument": Structure and Results of the Project; Preparing the Ground; Implementing the Actions; Identifying Some Results; Toward an Analysis and Assessment of the Project; Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Libya Before and After the Conflict: What Future for Its Cultural Heritage?; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: The Libyan Saharan Heritage: Key IssuesThreats to the Property Before the Conflict; Pre-conflict Actions; Post-conflict Situation; Future Practices; Conclusions; References; Chapter 7: The Protection of the Archaeological Heritage in Minorcan Urban Planning: Forward-Looking Management Models; Introduction; Archaeological Chart of Minorca; Catalogues and Municipal Regulations; Municipality of Ciutadella; Municipality of Es Castell; Municipality of Es Mercadal; Municipality of Ferreries; Municipality of Alaior; Municipality of Mahón; Municipality of San Luís; Municipality of Es Migjorn Gran
    Description / Table of Contents: Special Plans for the Protection of Natural Areas of Special InterestThe Island Territorial Plan of Minorca; Looking to the Future: What Management Model Do We Want for the Archaeological Heritage of Minorca, a World Heritage Nominee?; Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: Best Practices in World Heritage: Archaeology; Introduction; Declaration of Principles; Best Practices; Actions; Knowing; Preventing; Working Through Transdisciplinarity; Socioeconomic Dimension; Proactive and Dynamic Acting; Counting on and Promoting Social Participation; Implement Feedback Methodologies; Tools
    Description / Table of Contents: Professional Ethics
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    ISBN: 9789400769342
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 372 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in the Philosophy of Sociality 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Institutions, emotions, and group agents
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Sozialphilosophie ; Ontologie ; Gruppe ; Institution ; Sozialphilosophie ; Gruppe ; Institution
    Abstract: The contributions gathered in this volume present the state of the art in key areas of current social ontology. They focus on the role of collective intentional states in creating social facts, and on the nature of intentional properties of groups that allow characterizing them as responsible agents, or perhaps even as persons. Many of the essays are inspired by contemporary action theory, emotion theory, and theories of collective intentionality. Another group of essays revisits early phenomenological approaches to social ontology and accounts of sociality that draw on the Hegelian idea of recognition. This volume is organized into three parts. First, the volume discusses themes highlighted in John Searle’s work and addresses questions concerning the relation between intentions and the deontic powers of institutions, the role of disagreement, and the nature of collective intentionality. Next, the book focuses on joint and collective emotions and mutual recognition, and then goes on to explore the scope and limits of group agency, or group personhood, especially the capacity for responsible agency. The variety of philosophical traditions mirrored in this collection provides readers with a rich and multifaceted survey of present research in social ontology. It will help readers deepen their understanding of three interrelated and core topics in social ontology: the constitution and structure of institutions, the role of shared evaluative attitudes, and the nature and role of group agents
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementsChapter 1. Introduction: Contributions to Social Ontology-Institutions, Emotions, and Group Agents; Anita Konzelmann Ziv and Hans Bernhard Schmid -- Part I: Intentionality and Institutions -- Chapter 2. Document Acts; Barry Smith -- Chapter 3. Searlean Reflections on Sacred Mountains; Filip Buekens -- Chapter 4. Social Objects without Intentions; Brian Epstein -- Chapter 5. The Logical Form of Totalitarianism; Jennifer Hudin -- Chapter 6. Groups, Normativity and Disagreement; Rodrigo E. Sànchaz Brigido -- Chapter 7. Joint Actions, Social Institutions and Collective Goods: A Teleological Account; Seumas Miller -- Chapter 8. Three Types of Heterotropic Intentionality: A Taxonomy in Social Ontology; Francesca De Vecchi -- Part II: Shared Emotions and Recognition -- Chapter 9. Emergence and Empathy; Ronald De Sousa -- Chapter 10. The Functions of Collective Emotions in Social Groups; Mikko Salmela -- Chapter 11. Feelings of Being-Together and Caring With; H. Andrés Sànchez Guerrero -- Chapter 12. Joining the Background: Habitual Sentiments behind We-Intentionality; Emanuele Caminada -- Chapter 13. Collective Intentionality and Recognition from Others; Arto Laitinen -- Chapter 14. The Conditions of Collectivity: Joint Commitment and the Shared Norms of Membership; Titus Stahl -- Part III: Collective Reasons and Group Agency -- Chapter 15. Acting Over Time, Acting Together; Michael E. Bratman -- Chapter 16. How Where We Stand Constrains Where I Stand: Applying Bratman’s Account of Self-Governance to Collective Action; Joseph Kisolo-Ssonko -- Chapter 17. Team Reasoning and Shared Intention; Abraham Sesshu Roth -- Chapter 18. Collective Intentionality and Practical Reason; Juliette Gloor -- Chapter 19. The SANE Approach to Real Collective Responsibility; Sara Chant -- Chapter 20. Are Individualist Accounts of Collective Responsibility Morally Deficient?; András Szigeti -- Chapter 21. Can Groups Be Autonomous Rational Agents? A Challenge to the List-Pettit-Theory; Vuko Andric -- Chapter 22. Direct and Indirect Common Belief; Emiliano Lorini and Andreas Herzig.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    ISBN: 9781461483854
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 198 p. 10 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Springer Series in Transitional Justice 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Cultural heritage ; International relations ; Cross-cultural psychology ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Humanities ; Applied psychology ; Kriegsverbrechen ; Psychische Verarbeitung ; Transitional Justice
    Abstract: The re-assesment of transitional justice as both an institutional craft and a system of knowledge has been ongoing for sometime now. The Arts of Transitional Justice: Culture, Activism and Memory After Atrocity contributes to this revaluation by focusing on the prevalence of art and aesthetic practices in the various domains and institutions of transitional justice. Interdisciplinary in approach, this volume provides personal and intellectual contributions by literary and cultural critics, legal scholars, artists and activists as well as policy experts. It ranges across theatre, public art installations, literary fiction and public protest, poems and film, photography, museums, monuments and body art. How are these cultural performances used in the practices of transitional justice? What can and do they tell us about the discourses of transitional justice, and their representations of the cultural and social transformations of post-conflict societies? How do they provide provide a forum and idiom through which survivors of atrocity can have their voices heard, can tell their story, as well as evaluate and reflect on the transitional justice mechanisms in their society? This volume seeks to understand the significant and plural role that artists, works of art and more broadly aesthetic performances have played in societies in transition. Among the topics covered are: Cultural intervention and the imagination of peace and transition Education, photography and fictional narratives after Genocide Memory, performance and trauma Public protest, public art and cities in transformation The role of theatre in healing in Afghanistan, Serbia and beyond Diasporic communities and the artefacts of lives recalled The reception of artworks by survivors of atrocity The dilemmas of transitional justice scholarship and the feeling for justice With its global and detailed case studies approach, The Arts of Transitional Justice is a significant resource for those interested in the role of the arts in responding to the multidimensional legacies of atrocity as well as those interested in the transformation of transitional justice. In coming to terms with the past and setting the terms and conditions of a different future, it engages the plural idioms of accountability and responsibility, memory and trauma, justice and the rhetoric of transition after atrocity
    Description / Table of Contents: The Demands of Art in Transitional Justice Processes.-   Dispersed Memories:  Diaspora, Reconciliation and Healing Activism, Public Debate and Temporal Complexities in Fighting for Transitional Justice in Serbia -- Aesthetic Approaches to Justice: Addressing Jedwabne -- Theatre and Justice: A Grassroots Approach to Transitional Justice in Afghanistan --  You are allowed (to be alive!) How art can give permission -- The Visions of Literary Justice for Survivors of Srebrenica: Examining the Fictional Narratives of Srebrenica Genocide in Light of the Insights from Transitional Justice.-  Frames of Genocide: Between performativity and aesthetics, memorials and archives in the Transitional Justice Process in Rwanda -- The Artistic Imaginary and Transitional Justice in Northern Ireland -- The Staging of History in Cambodia -- On the Transformation of Wounds: Pictures as an engine of justice --  Memorial Culture in the former Yugoslavia: The Mothers of Srebenica and the destruction of artefacts by the ICTY -- The plural jurisdictions of transitional aesthetics: bearing witness in liminal spaces.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    ISBN: 9781461487241
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 236 p. 30 illus., 6 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Against typological tyranny in archaeology
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Südamerika ; Archäologie ; Archäologie ; Typologie ; Südamerika ; Kritik
    Abstract: The papers in this book question the tyranny of typological thinking in archaeology through case studies from various South American countries (Venezuela, Colombia, Bolivia, Argentina, and Brazil) and Antarctica. They aim to show that typologies are unavoidable (they are, after all, the way to create networks that give meanings to symbols) but that their tyranny can be overcome if they are used from a critical, heuristic and non-prescriptive stance: critical because the complacent attitude towards their tyranny is replaced by a militant stance against it; heuristic because they are used as means to reach alternative and suggestive interpretations but not as ultimate and definite destinies; and non-prescriptive because instead of using them as threads to follow they are rather used as constitutive parts of more complex and connective fabrics. The papers included in the book are diverse in temporal and locational terms. They cover from so called Formative societies in lowland Venezuela to Inca-related ones in Bolivia; from the coastal shell middens of Brazil to the megalithic sculptors of SW Colombia. Yet, the papers are related. They have in common their shared rejection of established, naturalized typologies that constrain the way archaeologists see, forcing their interpretations into well known and predictable conclusions. Their imaginative interpretative proposals flee from the secure comfort of venerable typologies, many suspicious because of their association with colonial political narratives. Instead, the authors propose novel ways of dealing with archaeological data
    Description / Table of Contents: Against typological tyranny. Cristóbal Gnecco and Carl LangebaekSocial complexity in ancient Amerindian societies: perspectives from the Brazilian lowlands. Cristiana Barreto -- Blind men and an elephant: exchange systems and sociopolitical organizations in the Orinoco basin and neighboring areas in pre-Hispanic times. Rafael Gassón -- Palenques and palisades: a revision of social complexity issues in contact- period eastern Venezuela. Rodrigo Navarrete -- Agricola est quem domus demonstrate. Alejandro Haber -- Social space and the archaeology of inequality: insights into social differences at Ambato valley, southern Andes, Argentina. Andrés Laguens -- Poor chiefs: corporate dimensions of pre-Inca society in the southern Andes. Axel Nielsen -- Against the domain of master narratives: archaeology and Antarctic history. María Ximena Senatore and Andres Zarankin -- Testing a model of site location in the Alto Magdalena, Colombia. Víctor González -- Children of the creeks: cultural characterization of Nasa politics. Wilhelm Londoño -- On hybrids recently unleashed. Cristóbal Gnecco -- The role of place-making in chiefdom societies. Hope Henderson -- Words, things and text: El Infiernito, archaeology, documents and ethnology in the study of Muisca society. Carl Henrik Langebaek.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    ISBN: 9789400764071
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 337 p. 32 illus., 25 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Genital cutting
    DDC: 618.92
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Medicine ; Ethics ; Pediatrics ; Surgery ; Anthropology ; Philosophy (General) ; Medicine & Public Health ; Medicine ; Ethics ; Pediatrics ; Surgery ; Anthropology ; Philosophy (General) ; Circumcision, Female ; Circumcision, Male ; Child Welfare ; Child Advocacy ; Congresses ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Beschneidung ; Menschenrecht ; Beschneidung ; Menschenrecht
    Abstract: This volume contains the proceedings of the 10th International Symposium on Circumcision, Genital Integrity, and Human Rights. Authors are international experts in their fields, and the book contains the most up-to-date information on the issue of genital cutting of infants and children from medical, legal, bioethical, and human rights perspectives.
    Abstract: Every year, across the globe, an estimated 13.3 million boys and 2 million girls are involuntarily subjected to genital cutting. Both male and female genital cutting persist, generating a multi-billion-dollar-a-year industry that is defended by its proponents with dubious studies, manipulated statistics, and an appeal to “custom.” Physicians and parents alike have been misled into believing that these mutilations are beneficial, necessary, and harmless. Today, flawed studies have allowed the promotion of circumcision as a way of combating HIV/AIDS in Africa, an experiment that failed in the USA, where a half-million circumcised males have succumbed to AIDS. These facts notwithstanding, the public and legal outcry against these abuses is increasing. For instance, the high court in Cologne, Germany ruled in 2012 that circumcision harms the child, that the harm is irreversible, that it denies the child the right to his own body, and that circumcision denies the individual the right to choose his own religion. Thus, the issue of circumcision has expanded beyond the arena of medicine and is firmly established as a human rights and legal problem. The contributors to this volume, an international panel of experts in the fields of medicine, law, ethics, anthropology, sociology, history, religion, and politics, thoroughly examine and elucidate this violation of human rights
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; 1 Tortured Bodies, Tortured Doctrines: Informed Consent as a Legal Fiction Inapplicable to Neonatal Male Circumcision; Abstract ; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Changes in Doctor-Patient Relationship Usher in Informed Consent; 1.1.2 Birth and Development of Informed Consent in Court Cases; 1.2 How Informed Consent Plays Out with Competent Adults; 1.2.1 Disclosure; Materiality; The Importance of Alternatives; 1.2.2 Voluntariness; Timing, Manner, Order; 1.2.3 CompetenceCapacity; 1.2.4 Understanding: The Forgotten Element; 1.2.5 Exceptions to Informed Consent with Competent Adults
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.6 Problems with Informed Consent for Competent Adults1.2.7 Informed Consent and Non-therapeutic or Elective Surgery on Competent Adults; 1.3 Substituted Judgment for Incompetent Adults; 1.3.1 Problems with Substituted Judgment for Incompetent Adults; 1.4 Proxy Permission for Never Competent Children; 1.4.1 Parent and Physician Duties in Proxy Permission for Never Competent Children; 1.5 Proxy Permission for Neonatal Circumcision on Never Competent Baby Boys; 1.5.1 Background of Proxy Permission for Neonatal Circumcision
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5.2 Medicalization Helps Justify and Perpetuate Neonatal Circumcision1.5.3 Disclosure: Circumcision; Materiality: Neonatal Circumcision; Importance of Alternatives: Circumcision; 1.5.4 Voluntariness: Neonatal Circumcision; Timing, Manner, Order: Neonatal Circumcision; 1.5.5 CompetenceCapacity of Proxy Agents: Neonatal Circumcision; 1.5.6 Understanding: The Forgotten Element Neonatal Circumcision; 1.5.7 Proxy Consent to Neonatal Circumcision: Conceptual Problems; 1.5.8 Proxy Consent to Neonatal Circumcision: Ethical Problems
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5.9 Proxy Consent to Neonatal Circumcision: Practical Problems and Considerations1.5.10 Proxy Consent to Neonatal Circumcision as a Non-therapeutic, Elective Procedure; 1.6 Conclusion; References; 2 Routine Infant Circumcision: Vital Issues that the Circumcision Proponents may be Overlooking; Abstract ; 2.1 Bioethics and Human Rights; 2.2 Foreskin Function; 2.3 Harms and Risks; 2.4 Medical Issues; 2.5 Penile Problems; 2.6 Cancer; 2.6.1 Sexually Transmitted Infections; 2.7 Conclusion; References; 3 The Smart Penis; Abstract ; 3.1 The Smart Penis; References; 4 The Harm of Circumcision
    Description / Table of Contents: Abstract 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Consequences of Circumcision; 4.3 Physical Consequences; 4.4 Psychological Consequences; 4.5 Cultural Consequences; References; 5 Evolution of Circumcision Methods: Not "Just a Snip"; Abstract ; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 History; 5.2.1 Circumcision Forceps; 5.2.2 Harris Clamp; 5.3 Disposable Devices; 5.4 Summary of Methods; 5.5 Instruments and Fetishism; References; 6 Penile Wounding: Complications of Routine Male Circumcision in a Typical American Family Practice; Abstract ; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Background; 6.3 Observations and Measurements; 6.4 Demographics
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4.1 Age, Height, and Weight
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400746084 , 1283633876 , 9781283633871
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 348 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Hautfarbe ; Bleichen ; Ethnische Beziehungen ; Rassendiskriminierung
    Abstract: In the aftermath of the 60s "Black is Beautiful movement and publication of The Color Complex almost thirty years later the issue of skin color has mushroomed onto the world stage of social science. Such visibility has inspired publication of the Melanin Millennium for insuring that the discourse on skin color meet the highest standards of accuracy and objective investigation. This volume addresses the issue of skin color in a worldwide context. A virtual visit to countries that have witnessed a huge rise in the use of skin whitening products and facial feature surgeries aiming for a more Caucasian-like appearance will be taken into account. The book also addresses the question of whether using the laws has helped to redress injustices of skin color discrimination, or only further promoted recognition of its divisiveness among people of color and Whites. The Melanin Millennium has to do with now and the future. In the 20th century science including eugenics was given to and dominated by discussions of race category. Heretofore there remain social scientists and other relative to the issue of skin color loyal to race discourse. However in their interpretation and analysis of social phenomena the world has moved on. Thus while race dominated the 20th century the 21st century will emerge as a global community dominated by skin color and making it the melanin millennium.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Melanin Millennium; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: The Bleaching Syndrome: Western Civilization vis-à-vis Inferiorized People of Color; References; Chapter 2: The Historical and Cultural Influences of Skin Bleaching in Tanzania; Historical and Cultural Influences: Institutions That Placed Tanzanians in a Color-Conscious Society; Enslaved by the Arabs; Controlled by the British, Colonized by the Germans; The Cycle Continues: Postcolonization; Westernization and Neocolonialism
    Description / Table of Contents: How Color-Conscious Societies Fuel Potent Skin-Color Ideals That Result in Efforts to Assimilate into Dominant GroupsIntrapsychic Conflict and Motivation to Assimilate; The Psychological Consequences of Living in Color-Conscious Societies; Inferiority and Low Self-Esteem; Identity Development; Where to Go from Here; Research Implications; Policy and Practice Implications; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Pathophysiology and Psychopathology of Skin Bleaching and Implications of Skin Colour in Africa; Introduction; Skin Colour: Anatomy, Biochemistry, and Physiology
    Description / Table of Contents: Body Dysmorphic Disorder (BDD)What Are the Causes of Somatoform Disorders?; The Light Skin Fad; Pathophysiology of Skin Bleaching; Mechanisms of Skin Bleaching; Trigger Factors: Psychosocial Disturbances; Exposure to Bleaching Agents; Alteration of the Skin Biochemical and Anatomical Composition; In Contemporary Africa; References; Chapter 4: An Introduction to Japanese Society's Attitudes Toward Race and Skin Color; Introduction; Historical Japanese Treatments of Foreigners, Based Upon Skin Color; Roots of the Coloring of the World: Fukuzawa Yukichi's Theories of "Civilization"
    Description / Table of Contents: The Otaru Onsens Case and Japan's Judicial Valuation of Skin ColorContemporary Japanese Media Expressions of Valuation of Skin Color; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Mapping Color and Caste Discrimination in Indian Society; Foregrounding Racism in India; Revisiting the Mythical "Aryan Supremacy"; What Scriptures Say; Aryans, Varna, and Jāti; Revisiting the Aryan Supremacy; Questioning the Aryan Supremacy Myth: Non-Brahmanical Contestations; Notion of Beauty and Contemporary Forms of Preserving White Superiority; Notions of Femininity and Beauty in India; Whitening Cream Culture; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 6: Indigeneity on Guahan: Skin Color as a Measure of Decolonization; Introduction; Traditional Concepts of Skin Color; The Impact of Colonization and Western Values; Indigeneity and Decolonization; Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: A Tale of Two Cultures; References; Chapter 8: Where Are You From?; Introduction: The "Where Are You From?" Question; How to Answer the "Where Are You From?" Question; The Founding Migration; The Founding Origin; Melanin: An Insuperable Sign of Otherness?; Promise and Delusion of a Project?; Assimilation and Integration
    Description / Table of Contents: Ethnic Statistics in France: Wishes and Fears
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    ISBN: 9789400751019
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 315 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 52
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Sports medicine ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Sports medicine ; Medical ethics
    Abstract: The book provides an in-depth discussion on the human nature concept from different perspectives and from different disciplines, analyzing its use in the doping debate and researching its normative overtones. The relation between natural talent and enhanced abilities is scrutinized within a proper conceptual and theoretical framework: is doping to be seen as a factor of the athlete’s dehumanization or is it a tool to fulfill his/her aspirations to go faster, higher and stronger? Which characteristics make sports such a peculiar subject of ethical discussion and what are the, both intrinsic and extrinsic, moral dangers and opportunities involved in athletic enhancement? This volume combines fundamental philosophical anthropological reflection with applied ethics and socio-cultural and empirical approaches. Furthermore it presents guidelines to decision- and policy-makers on local, national and international levels.
    Description / Table of Contents: Athletic Enhancement, Human Nature and Ethics; Preface; Technology and Sport, Meanings and Realities; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Human Nature as a Promising Concept to Make Sense of the Spirit of Sport; 1.1 Part I: Conceptual and Theoretical Framework; 1.2 Part II: Transgressing the Limits of Human Nature; 1.3 Part III: The Normative Value of Human Nature; 1.4 Part IV: Socio-Cultural and Empirical Approaches; 1.5 Part V: Practices and Policies; Part I: Conceptual and Theoretical Framework
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: Self , Other, Play, Display and Humanity: Development of a Five-Level Model for the Analysis of Ethical Arguments in the Athletic Enhancement Debate2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Creation of an Ethical Research Model; 2.3 What Is at Stake?; 2.4 And What if Humanity Is at Stake?; 2.5 Doctoring Genes: Threats and Opportunities; 2.6 Integrity, Fairness, Freedom and Health; 2.7 Inclusion and Exclusion of Athletes; 2.8 Discussion and Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Is Human Enhancement Unnatural and Would This Be an Ethical Problem?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Some Meanings of the Natural
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 The Natural As According to Nature3.4 The Natural As the Normal; 3.5 The Natural As the Essential; 3.6 Conclusions for the Moral Value of the Natural; Ref erences; Chapter 4: Dignified Doping: Truly Unthinkable? An Existentialist Critique of 'Talentocracy' in Sports; 4.1 What Doping Is - And What It Need Not Be; 4.1.1 The Need for Rigorous Intrinsic Inquiry; 4.1.2 What is Doping?; 4.1.3 A Structured Search for Doping's Intrinsic Wrongs; 4.2 Proper Origins. May the Best, or May the Blessed Man Win; 4.2.1 Talent As Robustness and Doped Performances As Flukes
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.2 The Talented As the Authentic and Dopers As Phonies4.2.3 Natural Endowment As the Gift of Place and Purpose, and Doping As Its Loss; 4.2.4 Talent As a Signal of Fitness and Doping As Misleading Mimicry; 4.3 Proper Processes. Just Do It, or: Let Nature Do It for You; 4.3.1 Agency-Enabling Doping; 4.3.2 Baseline-Lifting Doping; 4.3.3 Passive Consumption of Natural Processes; 4.4 Proper Outcomes. Sporting Towards a Blank Slate or To Showcase a Blueprint; 4.4.1 Reshaping the Human Figure As Straying from the Original Plan; 4.4.2 Reshaping the Human Figure As Repugnant Deformation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.3 Reshaping the Human Figure As (Mutual) Alienation4.5 Conclusion. The Unbearable Lightness of Being a Self-Made Man, Out There Playing Games; References; Part II: Transgressing the Limits of Human Nature; Chapter 5: Subhuman , Superhuman, and Inhuman: Human Nature and the Enhanced Athlete; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Appeal of Philosophical Boundary Work; 5.3 Stooping to the Subhuman; 5.4 Aspiring to the Superhuman; 5.5 Engineering the Inhuman; 5.6 The Meaning of Athletic Agency; 5.7 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Prometheus on Dope: A Natural Aim for Improvement or a Hubristic Drive to Mastery?
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface by Thomas H. Murray, President Emeritus of the Hastings Center and Chair of the Ethical Issues Review Panel for the World Anti-Doping Agency.Introduction: Human nature as a promising concept to make sense of the spirit of sport -- Part I Conceptual and Theoretical Framework -- Jan Tolleneer and Paul Schotsmans, Self, other, play, display and humanity. Development of a five-level model for the analysis of ethical arguments in the athletic enhancement debate -- Christian Lenk, Is human enhancement unnatural and would this be an ethical problem? -- Pieter Bonte, Dignified doping: truly unthinkable? An existentialist critique of ‘talentocracy’ in sports. - Part II Transgressing the limits of human nature -- Eric Juengst, Subhuman, superhuman, and inhuman. Human nature and the enhanced athlete -- Trijsje Franssen, Prometheus on dope. A natural aim for improvement or a hubristic drive to mastery? -- Darian Meacham, Outliers, freaks, and cheats. Constituting normality in the age of enhancement -- Part III The normative value of human nature -- Andreas De Block, Doping use as an artistic crime. On natural performances and authentic art -- Andrew Holowchak, Something from nothing or nothing from something?. Performance-enhancing drugs, risk, and the natures of contest and of humans -- Mike McNamee, Transhuman athletes and pathological perfectionism. Recognising limits in sports and human nature -- Part IV Socio-cultural and empirical approaches -- Marianne Raakilde Jespersen, “Definitely not for women”. An online community’s reflections on women’s use of performance enhancing drugs in recreational sports -- Denis Hauw, Toward a situated and dynamic understanding of doping behaviors -- Tara Magdalinski, Restoring or enhancing athletic bodies. Oscar Pistorius and the threat to pure performance -- Part V Practices and policies -- John Hoberman, Sports physicians, human nature, and the limits of medical enhancement -- Bengt Kayser and Barbara Broers, Anti-doping policies: choosing between imperfections -- Roger Brownsword, A simple regulatory principle for performance-enhancing technologies. Too good to be true?.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753518 , 1283936070 , 9781283936071
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 315 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 298
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Agassi, Joseph, 1927 - 2023 The very idea of modern science
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Science ; Europe ; History ; 16th century ; Science ; Europe ; History ; 17th century ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie ; Citizen Science ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie ; Citizen Science
    Abstract: This book is a study of the scientific revolution as a movement of amateur science. It describes the ideology of the amateur scientific societies as the philosophy of the Enlightenment Movement and their social structure and the way they made modern science such a magnificent institution. It also shows what was missing in the scientific organization of science and why it gave way to professional science in stages. In particular the book studies the contributions of Sir Francis Bacon and of the Hon. Robert Boyle to the rise of modern science. The philosophy of induction is notoriously problematic, yet its great asset is that it expressed the view of the Enlightenment Movement about science. This explains the ambivalence that we still exhibit towards Sir Francis Bacon whose radicalism and vision of pure and applied science still a major aspect of the fabric of society. Finally, the book discusses Boyle’s philosophy, his agreement with and dissent from Bacon and the way he single-handedly trained a crowd of poorly educated English aristocrats and rendered them into an army of able amateur researchers.​
    Description / Table of Contents: The Very Idea of ModernScience; Abstract; Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; Part I: Bacons Doctrine of Prejudice (A Study in a Renaissance Religion); Introductory Note; Chapter 1: The Riddle of Bacon; 1.1 The Problem of Methodology; 1.2 The Criticism of Bacon's Writings; 1.3 The Past Suggested Solutions; Chapter 2: Bacon's Philosophy of Discovery; 2.1 Bacon's Utopianism; 2.2 Bacon's Metaphysics; 2.3 Bacon's Induction; 2.4 Bacon's Inductive Machine; Chapter 3: Ellis' Major Difficulty; Chapter 4: The Function of the Doctrine of Prejudice; 4.1 Radicalism; 4.2 Radicalism Invented
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3 Radical MethodologyChapter 5: Bacon on the Origin of Error and Prejudice; Chapter 6: Prejudices of the Senses; 6.1 The Problem of Observation; 6.2 Prejudices of the Senses; 6.3 Bacon's Theory of Discovery; 6.4 Whewell's Theory of Discovery; 6.5 Popper's Theory of Discovery; 6.6 Bacon's "Mark" of Science; Chapter 7: Prejudices of Opinions; 7.1 Suspension of Judgment; 7.2 What Is a Prejudice?; 7.3 Bacon and the Logical Empiricists; 7.4 Bacon's Double Game; 7.5 The Origin of Scientific Theories; 7.6 Science and Imagination; Chapter 8: Bacon's Influence; 8.1 Influence on Immediate Posterity
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2 Permission to Propose a Hypothesis and to Assert Metaphysics8.3 Permission De Jure and de Facto; 8.4 Legitimation Versus Criticism; 8.5 Bacon's Influence; Chapter 9: Conclusion : The Rise of the Riddle of Bacon; Part II: The Religion of Inductivism as a Living Force; Quasi-Terminological Notes; "The Inductive Style"; "Speculation" and "Hypothesis"; "Hypothesis" and "Fact"; On the Recent Literature; Homage to Robert Boyle; Chapter 10: Philosophical Background; 10.1 Inductivism Classical and Modern; 10.2 Metaphysical Views, Classical and Modern; 10.3 The Doctrine of Prejudice
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.4 The Moral Code of the Fraternity10.5 Conclusion; Chapter 11: The Social Background of Classical Science; 11.1 Researchers as Amateurs; 11.2 Researchers as Experts; 11.3 Researchers as Inventors; 11.4 Researchers as Dilettantes; Chapter 12: The Missing Link Between Bacon and the Royal Society; 12.1 The Rise of the Royal Society; 12.2 Boyle's Spirit; 12.3 Boyle's Views on the Spread of Science; Chapter 13: Boyle in the Eyes of Posterity; 13.1 The Eighteenth Century; 13.2 Herschel's Unfair Comment; 13.3 Who Discovered Boyle's Law?; 13.4 Modern Views on Boyle; 13.5 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 14: The Inductive Style14.1 The Discussion of Style; 14.2 The Inductive Style Versus the Argumentative Style; 14.3 Reporting on Experiments and Writing Systems; 14.4 Boyle on some Systems; 14.5 Thinking and Experimenting; 14.6 The Inductive Style; 14.7 Encyclopedia of Facts or a Just History of Nature; 14.8 Boyle's Promiscuous Experiments; 14.9 Boyle on Attempts to Create some Theories; 14.10 Methodological Tolerance; 14.11 The Usefulness of Hypotheses; 14.12 Civilized Argument; 14.13 Boyle on the Method of Quoting; 14.14 Circumstantial Descriptions A: The Problem
    Description / Table of Contents: 14.15 Circumstantial Descriptions B: Recent Solutions
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Acknowledgement -- PART I: BACONS DOCTRINE OF PREJUDICE -- (A study in a Renaissance Religion) Introductory Note -- I The Riddle of Bacon -- (1)  The Problem of Methodology -- (2)    II Bacon’s Philosophy of Discovery -- III Ellis’ Major Difficulty -- IV The Function of the Doctrine of Prejudice -- V Bacon on the origin of error and prejudice -- VI Prejudices of the Senses -- VII Prejudices of Opinions -- VIII Bacon’s Influence -- IX Conclusion: The rise of the commonwealth of learning -- PART II: A RELIGION OF INDUCTIVISM AS A LIVING FORCE -- A Quasi-Terminological Note -- On the recent literature -- Homage to Robert Boyle -- I Background Material -- II The social background of classical science -- III The Missing Link between Bacon and the Royal Society of London -- IV Boyle in the Eyes of Posterity -- V The Inductive Style -- VI Mechanism -- VII The new doctrine of prejudice -- Appendices. ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    ISBN: 9789400740112
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 267 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 115
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The development of bioethics in the United States
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; USA ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: In only four decades, bioethics has transformed from a fledgling field into a complex, rapidly expanding, multidisciplinary field of inquiry and practice. Its influence can be found not only in our intellectual and biomedical institutions, but also in almost every facet of our social, cultural, and political life. This volume maps the remarkable development of bioethics in American culture, uncovering the important historical factors that brought it into existence, analyzing its cultural, philosophical, and professional dimensions, and surveying its potential future trajectories. Bringing together a collection of original essays by seminal figures in the fields of medical ethics and bioethics, it addresses such questions as the following: - Are there precise moments, events, socio-political conditions, legal cases, and/or works of scholarship to which we can trace the emergence of bioethics as a field of inquiry in the United States? - What is the relationship between the historico-causal factors that gave birth to bioethics and the factors that sustain and encourage its continued development today? - Is it possible and/or useful to view the history of bioethics in discrete periods with well-defined boundaries? - If so, are there discernible forces that reveal why transitions occurred when they did? What are the key concepts that ultimately frame the field and how have they evolved and developed over time? - Is the field of bioethics in a period of transformation into biopolitics? Contributors include George Annas, Howard Brody, Eric J. Cassell, H. Tristram Engelhardt Jr., Edmund L. Erde, John Collins Harvey, Albert R. Jonsen, Loretta Kopelman, Laurence B. McCullough, Edmund D. Pellegrino, Warren T. Reich, Carson Strong, Robert M. Veatch, and Richard M. Zaner.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. The birth of bioethics : historical analysis -- pt. 2. The nature of bioethics : cultural and philosophical analysis -- pt. 3. The practice of bioethics : professional dimensions -- pt. 4. The future of bioethics : looking ahead.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction --  1. Jeremy R. Garrett, Fabrice Jotterand, and D. Christopher Ralston - “The Development of Bioethics in the United States: An Introduction” --  Part I: The Birth of Bioethics: Historical Analysis --  2. Eric J. Cassell - “The Beginnings of Bioethics” -- 3. Howard Brody - “Teaching at the University of Texas Medical Branch, 1971-74: Humanities, Ethics, or Both?” -- 4. John Collins Harvey - “André Hellegers, the Kennedy Institute, and the Development of Bioethics: The American-European Connection” -- 5. H.T. Engelhardt, Jr. - “Bioethics as a Liberal Catholic Heresy: Critical Reflections on the Founding of Bioethics” --  Part II: The Nature of Bioethics: Cultural and Philosophical Analysis --  6. Warren T. Reich - “A Corrective for Bioethical Malaise: Revisiting The Cultural Influences That Shaped the Identity of Bioethics” -- 7. George J. Annas - “American Biopolitics” -- 8. Carson Strong - “Medicine and Philosophy: The Coming Together of an Odd Couple” -- 9. Loretta M. Kopelman - “The Growth of Bioethics as a Second-Order Discipline” --  Part III: The Practice of Bioethics: Professional Dimensions --  10.  Robert M. Veatch - “The Development of Bioethics: Bringing Physician Ethics into the Moral Consensus” -- 11. Laurence B. McCullough - “Bioethics and Professional Medical Ethics: Mapping and Managing an Uneasy Relationship” -- 12. Edmund L. Erde - “Professionalism vs. Medical Ethics in the Current Era: A Battle of Giants?” --  Part IV: The Future of Bioethics: Looking Ahead --  13. Richard M. Zaner - “Themes and Schemes in the Development of Bioethics in the United States” -- 14. Edmund D. Pellegrino - “Medical Ethics and Moral Philosophy in an Era of Bioethics” -- 15. Albert R. Jonsen - “Prolegomenon to any Future Bioethics”.  .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400763685
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 639 p. 43 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Public health ; Quality of Life Research ; Quality of Life ; Applied psychology ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Psychology ; Quality of Life Research ; Applied psychology ; Südafrika ; Positive Psychologie ; Wohlbefinden
    Abstract: Contributors -- Preface -- Chapter 1. Introduction; Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 2. Toward Fortigenesis and Fortology: An Informed Essay; Deodandus J. W. Strumpfer -- Chapter 3. Positive Psychology and Education; Irma Eloff -- Chapter 4. Life Design: An Approach to Managing Diversity in South Africa; Jacobus G. Maree -- Chapter 5. Teacher Pathways to Resilience: Interpretations of Teacher Adjustment to HIV/AIDS-related Challenges; Linda Theron -- Chapter 6. Building generative theory from case work: The relationship-resourced resilience model; Liesel Ebersohn -- Chapter 7. From Happiness to Flourishing at Work: A Southern African Perspective; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 8. Resilience and Thriving among Health Professionals; Henriëtte van den Berg -- Chapter 9. Measuring Happiness: Results of a Cross-National Study; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 10. Further validation of the General Psychological Well-being Scale among a Setswana-speaking group; Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Q. Michael Temane and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 11. Feeling Good, Functioning Well and Being True: Reflections on Selected Findings from the FORT Research Programme; Marié P. Wissing and Michael Temane -- Chapter 12. Coping and Cultural Context: Implications for Psychological Health and Well-being; Marelize Willers, Johan C. Potgieter, Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Leoné Malan, Paul J. Mentz, and Suria Ellis -- Chapter 13. Aspects of Family Resilience in Various Groups of South African Families; Abraham P. Greeff -- Chapter 14. Psychological Well-being, Physical Health, and the Quality of Life of a Group of Farm Workers in South Africa: The FLAGH study; Sammy, M. Thekiso, Karel, F. H. Botha, Marié P. Wissing and Annamarie Kruger -- Chapter 15. The Pivotal Role of Social Support in the Well-being of Adolescents; Henriëtte S. Van den Berg, Ancel A. George, Edwin D. Du Plessis, Anja Botha, Natasha Basson, Marisa De Villiers and Solomon Makola -- Chapter 16. Older Adults’ Coping with Adversities in an African Context: A Spiritually Informed Relational Perspective; Vera Roos -- Chapter 17. Asset-based Coping as One Way of Dealing with Vulnerability; Ronél Ferreira -- Chapter 18.Relational Coping Strategies of Older Adults with Drought in a Rural African Context; Vera Roos, Shingairai Chigeza and Dewald van Niekerk -- Chapter 19. The Stories of Resilience in a Group of Professional Nurses in South Africa; Magdalene P Koen, Chrizanne van Eeden, Marié Wissing and Vicki Koen -- Chapter 20. Psychosocial Health: Disparities between Urban and Rural Communities; Marié P. Wissing, Q. Michael Temane, Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Annamarie Kruger and Hester H.Vorster -- Chapter 21. Multi-cultural differences in hope and goal-achievement; David J. F. Maree and Marinda Maree -- Chapter 22. The Role of Gender and Race in Sense of Coherence and Hope Orientation Results; Sanet van der Westhuizen (née Coetzee), Marié de Beer and Nomfusi Bekwa -- Chapter 23. Self-Regulation as Psychological Strength in South Africa: A Review; Karel Botha -- Chapter 24. Commitment as an identity-level regulatory process in academic and interpersonal contexts; Salomé Human-Vogel -- Chapter 25. Facilitating psychological well-being through hypnotherapeutic interventions; Tharina Guse and Gerda Fourie -- Chapter 26. Positive Psychology and Subclinical Eating Disorders; Doret Kirsten and Wynand F. Du Plessis -- Chapter 27. Evaluation of a Programme to Enhance Flourishing in Adolescents; Izanette Van Schalkwyk and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 28. Conclusions and Challenges for Further Research; Marié P. Wissing
    Abstract: This is the first book to bring together examples of research in positive psychology / psychofortology conducted in the multi-cultural South African context with its diverse populations and settings. The volume reflects basic as well as applied well-being research in the multicultural South African context, as conducted in various contexts and with a variety of methods and foci. Theoretical, review, and empirical research contributions are made, reflecting positivist to constructivist approaches, and include quantitative, qualitative, and mixed-method approaches. Some findings support universality assumptions, but others uncovered unique cultural patterns. Chapters report on well-being research conducted in the domains of education, work, health, and family, and in clinical, urban vs. rural, and unicultural vs. multicultural contexts. Studies span the well-being of adolescents, adults, and older people, and topics include resilience in individuals, families, and groups, measurement issues and coping processes, the role of personal and contextual variables, and facets such as hope, spirituality, self-regulation, and interventions
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction; References; Chapter 2: Towards Fortigenesis and Fortology: An Informed Essay; Central Constructs; Salutogenesis; Fortigenesis; Fortology; Continua; Positive Psychology; Antonovsky a Positive Psychologist?; Sense of Coherence and Generalized Resistance Resources; General Psychosocial Well-Being; Resiling; Self-efficacy; Genetics and Neuroscience; Culture; Independent and Dependent Construals; Social Support; Implications of Culture for Conceptualization; Implications of Culture for Positive Thinking; Systems Thinking; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Positive Psychology and EducationPositive Psychology Within Education; The Potential of Teaching Positive Psychology; The Broaden-and-Build Theory; Strengths in Individuals and Systems; Assessing for Strengths; The Need to Understand Cultural Interpretations; Beyond the Reactionary Phase; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Life Design: An Approach to Managing Diversity in South Africa; Goals of the Chapter; Reason for Narrative Approaches; Impact of Global Changes in the Workplace on People's Lifestyles
    Description / Table of Contents: Overview of the Interplay Between the Waves in Psychology, the Economy, and Career Counselling Over the Past 120 YearsLink Between Helping Models in Career Counselling and Economic Waves (Molitor, 1999, 2000 ; Savickas, 2006a, 2006b, 2007b, 2007c); Factors Emphasized During Each of the Four Economic Waves and Concurrent Helping Models in Career Counselling (Savickas, 2006a, 2006b, 2007b); Epistemological Approaches That Have Underpinned the Practice of Career Counselling; The Traditional Approach to Career Counselling; A Qualitative (Narrative) Approach to Career Counselling
    Description / Table of Contents: Social ConstructionismSavickas' Theory of Career Construction Counselling for Life Designing; Savickas' Career Construction Theory; Life Design; Factors That Can Influence the Life Design Counselling Process; Career Adaptability; Practical Implications of the Movement Towards a Qualitative-Quantitative Approach to Career Counselling; General Orientation; Career Counselling Failing Non-European Clients; Imbalances in the South African Economy; The Need for a More Appropriate Theoretical and Practical Base for Career Counselling in South Africa
    Description / Table of Contents: Addressing the Psychosocial Needs of the South African PopulationFramework for Career Counselling in South Africa; A Word of Caution: State of the African Economy; Value of Life Design Counselling in South Africa; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Teacher Pathways to Resilience: Interpretations of Teacher Adjustment to HIV/AIDS-Related Challenges; Pathways to Resilience: A Conceptualization; Pathways to Teacher Resilience; Intrapersonal Pathways to Resilience; Interpersonal Pathways to Resilience; Existential Pathways to Resilience; Method; Research Design; Case One; Case Two; Case Three
    Description / Table of Contents: Data Generation and Analysis
    Description / Table of Contents: Contributors -- Preface -- Chapter 1. Introduction; Marié  P. Wissing -- Chapter 2. Toward Fortigenesis and Fortology: An Informed Essay; Deodandus J. W. Strumpfer -- Chapter 3. Positive Psychology and Education; Irma Eloff -- Chapter 4. Life Design: An Approach to Managing Diversity in South Africa; Jacobus G. Maree -- Chapter 5. Teacher Pathways to Resilience: Interpretations of Teacher Adjustment to HIV/AIDS-related Challenges; Linda Theron -- Chapter 6. Building generative theory from case work: The relationship-resourced resilience model; Liesel Ebersohn -- Chapter 7. From Happiness to Flourishing at Work: A Southern African Perspective; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 8. Resilience and Thriving among Health Professionals; Henriëtte van den Berg -- Chapter 9. Measuring Happiness: Results of a Cross-National Study; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 10. Further validation of the General Psychological Well-being Scale among a Setswana-speaking group; Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Q. Michael Temane and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 11. Feeling Good, Functioning Well and Being True: Reflections on Selected Findings from the FORT Research Programme; Marié P. Wissing and Michael Temane -- Chapter 12. Coping and Cultural Context: Implications for Psychological Health and Well-being; Marelize Willers, Johan C. Potgieter, Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Leoné Malan, Paul J. Mentz, and Suria Ellis -- Chapter 13. Aspects of Family Resilience in Various Groups of South African Families; Abraham P. Greeff -- Chapter 14. Psychological Well-being, Physical Health, and the Quality of Life of a Group of Farm Workers in South Africa: The FLAGH study; Sammy, M. Thekiso, Karel, F. H. Botha, Marié P. Wissing  and Annamarie Kruger -- Chapter 15. The Pivotal Role of Social Support in the Well-being of Adolescents; Henriëtte S. Van den Berg, Ancel  A. George, Edwin D. Du Plessis, Anja Botha, Natasha Basson,  Marisa De Villiers and Solomon Makola -- Chapter 16. Older Adults’ Coping with Adversities in an African Context: A Spiritually Informed Relational Perspective; Vera Roos -- Chapter 17. Asset-based Coping as One Way of Dealing with Vulnerability; Ronél Ferreira -- Chapter 18.Relational Coping Strategies of Older Adults with Drought in a Rural African Context; Vera Roos, Shingairai Chigeza and Dewald van Niekerk -- Chapter 19. The Stories of Resilience in a Group of Professional Nurses in South Africa; Magdalene P Koen, Chrizanne van Eeden, Marié Wissing and Vicki Koen -- Chapter 20. Psychosocial Health: Disparities between Urban and Rural Communities; Marié P. Wissing, Q. Michael Temane, Itumeleng P. Khumalo,  Annamarie Kruger and Hester H.Vorster -- Chapter 21. Multi-cultural differences in hope and goal-achievement; David J. F. Maree and Marinda Maree -- Chapter 22. The Role of Gender and Race in Sense of Coherence and Hope Orientation Results; Sanet van der Westhuizen (née Coetzee), Marié de Beer and Nomfusi Bekwa -- Chapter 23. Self-Regulation as Psychological Strength in South Africa: A Review; Karel Botha -- Chapter 24. Commitment as an identity-level regulatory process in academic and interpersonal contexts; Salomé Human-Vogel -- Chapter 25. Facilitating psychological well-being through hypnotherapeutic interventions; Tharina Guse and Gerda Fourie -- Chapter 26. Positive Psychology and Subclinical Eating Disorders; Doret Kirsten and Wynand F. Du Plessis -- Chapter 27. Evaluation of a Programme to Enhance Flourishing in Adolescents; Izanette Van Schalkwyk and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 28. Conclusions and Challenges for Further Research; Marié P. Wissing.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    ISBN: 9789400766891
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 209 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. An integrated view of health and well-being
    Keywords: Culture Study and teaching ; Medical research ; Quality of life ; Health psychology ; Cross-cultural psychology ; Positive psychology ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life ; Regional planning ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Applied psychology
    Abstract: Concepts like Health and Well-being are not exclusive products of the Western culture. Research has widely demonstrated that the representation of the body and of its pathologies, as well as treatment and healing practices vary across cultures in relation to social norms and beliefs.The culture of India is a melting pot of nine main Darshanas, or philosophical systems, that share the common core of a realization of the self in society. India’s traditional health system, Ayurveda, is a result of the practical application of the Darshanas to the observation of human nature and behavior. Ayurveda conceptualizes health, disease and well-being as multidimensional aspects of life, and it seeks to preserve a balance in individuals among their biological features, their psychological features and their environmental demands. The Ayurveda approach to health is remarkably similar to the eudaimonic conceptualization of well-being proposed by positive psychology, and the basic tenets of Ayurveda are deeply consistent with the latest developments of modern physics, which stresses the substantial interconnectedness among natural phenomena and their substrates. This text shows how the approach to health developed in Ayurveda can be fruitfully integrated in a general view of health and well-being that encompasses cultural and ideological boundaries. Specifically, it details the conceptualization of health as an optimal and mindful interaction between individuals and their environment.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; Part I: Health and Well-Being in the Western Tradition; Part II: Health and Well-Being in Indian Traditions; Part III: Bridging the Worlds; Contents; Part I: Health and Well-Being in the Western Tradition; Chapter 1: Well-Being in the West: Hygieia Before and After the Demographic Transition; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Rise of Panacea and Demise of Hygieia; 1.2.1 Rapid Industrialization and Urbanization of Europe and the USA; 1.2.2 Rationalization and Bureaucratization of Medicine; 1.2.3 The Professionalization of Medicine; 1.2.4 The Rise and Role of Pharmaceuticals
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.5 The Social Meaning of Illness1.3 Return of Hygieia and Well-Being in the West; 1.3.1 Hygieia Enters the Debate About Mental Health and Illness; 1.3.2 The Two Continua Model: Hygieia and Panacea Are Both Important; 1.3.3 Hygieia: Toward Promotion and Protection of Flourishing; 1.3.4 Hygieia Validated: Confirmation of the Promotion and Protection Hypotheses; 1.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: The Psychosomatic View; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 History and Current Developments; Box 2.1 Psychosomatic Medicine; Definition; Boundaries; Subdisciplines
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3 Psychosocial Factors and Individual Vulnerability2.3.1 Stressful Life Events; 2.3.2 Chronic Stress and Allostatic Load; 2.3.3 Health Attitudes; 2.3.4 Personality and Psychological Well-Being; 2.3.5 Social Support; 2.3.6 Spirituality; 2.4 Need for Holistic Consideration in Patient Care; 2.4.1 Psychiatric Disturbances; 2.4.2 Psychological Disturbances; Box 2.2 The Diagnostic Criteria for Psychosomatic Research (DCPR); Box 2.3 Examples of Questions Derived from the Diagnostic Criteria for Psychosomatic Research (DCPR); 2.4.3 Quality of Life
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Integration of Psychological Interventions in Medicine2.5.1 Treatment of Psychiatric Comorbidity; 2.5.2 Psychosocial Interventions; Box 2.4 Nonspecific Therapeutic Ingredients; Lifestyle Modification; 2.6 Current Issues; Box 2.5 This Case Illustrates How the Psychosomatic Consideration of a  Patient's Complaints May Lead to Better Assessment and Management; References; Part II: Health and Well-Being in Indian Traditions; Chapter 3: The Perspectives on Reality in Indian Traditions and Their Implications for Health and Well-Being; 3.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.1 Contemporary Concerns About Well-Being and the Reductionist Paradigm3.1.2 Paradigm Shift: Has That Really Occurred?; 3.2 Perspectives on Reality in Indian Traditions; 3.2.1 Non-dualism in Veda and Upanishad; 3.2.2 Dualism of Sāmkhya; 3.2.3 Other Indian Perspectives; 3.3 Some Basic Assumptions and Principles Derived from Indian Perspectives; 3.3.1 Triguna; 3.3.2 Tāpa Traya; 3.3.3 Perspectives on the Constitution of Human Beings; 3.4 Implications for Health and Well-Being Research and Practice; 3.5 Modes of Intervention from the Indian Perspective; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Concept of Health in Āyurveda
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    ISBN: 9789400760042
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 329 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophical Studies Series 120
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Reason and analysis in ancient Greek philosophy
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Griechenland ; Vernunft ; Methode ; Philosophie
    Abstract: This distinctive collection of original articles features contributions from many of the leading scholars of ancient Greek philosophy. They explore the concept of reason and the method of analysis and the central role they play in the philosophies of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. They engage with salient themes in metaphysics, epistemology, ethics, and political theory, as well as tracing links between each thinker’s ideas on selected topics. The volume contains analyses of Plato’s Socrates, focusing on his views of moral psychology, the obligation to obey the law, the foundations of politics, justice and retribution, and Socratic virtue. On Plato’s Republic, the discussions cover the relationship between politics and philosophy, the primacy of reason over the soul’s non-rational capacities, the analogy of the city and the soul, and our responsibility for choosing how we live our own lives. The anthology also probes Plato’s analysis of logos (reason or language) which underlies his philosophy including the theory of forms. A quartet of reflections explores Aristotelian themes including the connections between knowledge and belief, the nature of essence and function, and his theories of virtue and grace. The volume begins with an intellectual memoir by David Keyt that recounts his adventures as a philosopher and scholar during the rise of analytic classical scholarship in the past century. Along the way, Keyt relates entertaining anecdotes involving major figures in modern academic philosophy. Blending academic authority with creative flair and demonstrating the continuing interest of ancient Greek philosophy, this book will be a valuable addition to the libraries of all those studying and researching the origins of Western philosophy
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745995 , 128363385X , 9781283633857
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 255 p. 102 illus., 12 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 357
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Betz, Gregor Debate dynamics: how controversy improves our beliefs
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Artificial intelligence ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Artificial intelligence ; Argumentationstheorie ; Debatte
    Abstract: Is critical argumentation an effective way to overcome disagreement? And does the exchange of arguments bring opponents in a controversy closer to the truth? This study provides a new perspective on these pivotal questions. By means of multi-agent simulations, it investigates the truth and consensus-conduciveness of controversial debates. The book brings together research in formal epistemology and argumentation theory. Aside from its consequences for discursive practice, the work may have important implications for philosophy of science and the way we construe scientific rationality as well.
    Description / Table of Contents: Debate Dynamics: How Controversy Improves Our Beliefs; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: General Introduction; 1.1 The Aims of Argumentation; 1.2 An Example of a Controversial Argumentation; 1.3 Modeling Controversial Debate; 1.4 Results Pertaining to Consensus-Conduciveness; 1.5 Results Pertaining to Truth-Conduciveness; 1.6 Objections and Caveats; 1.7 Putting the Approach in Perspective; Chapter 2: An Introduction to the Theory of Dialectical Structures; 2.1 Fundamental Concepts; 2.2 Degrees of Justification; 2.3 The Space of Coherent Positions; 2.4 Normalized Closeness Centrality
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Inferential Density2.6 The General Design of the Simulations; Part I: Why Do We Agree? On the Consensus-Conduciveness of Controversial Argumentation; Chapter 3: Introduction to Part I; 3.1 Outline of Part I; 3.2 Main Results and Their Justification; Chapter 4: The Consensual Dynamics of Simple Random Debates; 4.1 Setup; 4.2 Results; 4.3 Discussion; 4.4 Results, Continued; 4.5 Discussion, Continued; Chapter 5: The Consensual Dynamics of Random Debates with Explicit Background Knowledge; 5.1 Setup; 5.2 Results; 5.3 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Comparing the Consensual Dynamics of Four Proponent-Specific Argumentation Strategies in Dualistic Debates6.1 Setup; 6.2 Results; 6.3 Discussion; Chapter 7: The Consensual Dynamics of Argumentation Strategies in Many-Proponent Debates; 7.1 Setup; 7.2 Results; 7.3 Discussion; Chapter 8: The Consensual Dynamics of Debates with Core Updating; 8.1 Setup; 8.2 Results; 8.3 Discussion; Chapter 9: The Consensual Dynamics of Debates with Core Argumentation; 9.1 Setup; 9.2 Results; 9.3 Discussion; Part II: How Do We Know? On the Truth-Conduciveness of Controversial Argumentation
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 10: Introduction to Part II10.1 Outline of Part II; 10.2 Main Results and Their Justification; Chapter 11: The Veritistic Dynamics of Simple Random Debates; 11.1 Setup; 11.2 Results; 11.2.1 Truth's Attraction: How Rapidly Does the Proponents' Verisimilitude Increase?; 11.2.2 The Verisimilitude of Consensus Positions: Is Mutual Agreement a Good Indicator of Having Reached the Truth?; 11.2.3 The Verisimilitude of Stable Positions: Are Proponent Positions Which Remain Relatively Stable Closer to the Truth?; 11.3 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 12: The Veritistic Dynamics of Random Debates with Explicit Background Knowledge12.1 Setup; 12.2 Results; 12.3 Discussion; Chapter 13: Comparing the Veritistic Dynamics of Four Proponent-Specific Argumentation Strategies in Dualistic Debates; 13.1 Setup; 13.2 Results; 13.3 Discussion; Chapter 14: The Veritistic Dynamics of Argumentation Strategies in Many-Proponent Debates; 14.1 Setup; 14.2 Results; 14.2.1 Truth's Attraction: How Rapidly Does the Proponents' Verisimilitude Increase?
    Description / Table of Contents: 14.2.2 The Verisimilitude of Consensus Positions: Is Mutual Agreement a Good Indicator of Having Reached the Truth?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    ISBN: 9789400754287 , 1283634449 , 9781283634441
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 94 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Biology Philosophy ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Biology Philosophy ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Entscheidung ; Vernunft ; Neurowissenschaften
    Abstract: This book carries out an epistemological analysis of the decision, including a critical analysis through the continuous reference to an interdisciplinary approach including a synthesis of philosophical approaches, biology and neuroscience. Besides this it represents the analysis of causality here seen not from the formal point of view, but from the 'embodied' point of view. ?
    Abstract: This book carries out an epistemological analysis of the decision, including a critical analysis through the continuous reference to an interdisciplinary approach including a synthesis of philosophical approaches, biology and neuroscience. Besides this it represents the analysis of causality here seen not from the formal point of view, but from the "embodied" point of view
    Description / Table of Contents: Epistemology of Decision; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Introduction; Rationality and NeuroeconomicsPart I; 1 Rationality and Experimental Economics; 1.1 The Theory of Rational Choice; 1.2 Game Theory; 1.3 Teleology, Instrumentalism and Interpretivism; 1.4 Experimental Economics; 1.5 Criticism of Experimental Economics; References; 2 Neuroeconomics; 2.1 Neuroeconomics and Causality; 2.2 Game Theory and Neuroscience; 2.3 The Role of Social Cognition; 2.4 Empathy Basic and Empathy Re-Enactive; 2.5 Doubts, Feasibility and Future of Neuroeconomics; References
    Description / Table of Contents: The Biological ApproachesPart II3 Evolutionary Economics and Biological Complexity; 3.1 Biology and the Economy; 3.2 Economic Progress and Evolutionism; 3.3 The Computational Methods and the Engineering Approach; 3.4 Complexity; References;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    ISBN: 9789400763142
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 202 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 25
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Human law and computer law
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy of law ; Computers Law and legislation ; Humanities ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Computers Law and legislation ; Humanities ; Datenverarbeitung ; Internet ; Recht ; Datenverarbeitung ; Internet ; Recht
    Abstract: The focus of this book is on the epistemological and hermeneutic implications of data science and artificial intelligence for democracy and the Rule of Law. How do the normative effects of automated decision systems or the interventions of robotic fellow ‘beings’ compare to the legal effect of written and unwritten law? To investigate these questions the book brings together two disciplinary perspectives rarely combined within the framework of one volume. One starts from the perspective of ‘code and law’ and the other develops from the domain of ‘law and literature’. Integrating original analyses of relevant novels or films, the authors discuss how computational technologies challenge traditional forms of legal thought and affect the regulation of human behavior. Thus, pertinent questions are raised about the theoretical assumptions underlying both scientific and legal practice.
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 0: Prefatory Remarks on Human Law and Computer Law; 0.1 Comparative Law; 0.2 Computer Law?; 0.3 Comparing Human Law and Computer Law; 0.4 Human Language and Computer Language: Law, Code and Literature; References; Part I: Law and Code; Chapter 1: Prefatory Remarks on Part I: Law and Code; 1.1 Law and Language; 1.2 Language and Computer Code; 1.3 Law as Code: Two Strands of Research; 1.3.1 Artificial Intelligence and Legal Subjectivity; 1.3.2 Legal and Technological Normativity; References; Chapter 2: From Galatea 2.2 to Watson - And Back?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Introduction 12.1.1 Mythical Beginnings; 2.1.2 Beyond Snow's Two Cultures; 2.2 Eliza and the Turing Test: A Human Machine?; 2.3 IBM's Heros: Deep Blue and Watson; 2.3.1 Deep Blue; 2.3.2 Watson; 2.4 Searle's Chinese Room Argument: Syntax and Meaning; 2.5 Back to 'My Fair Lady'; 2.6 The Legal Status of Smart Contraptions: Tools, Rivals or Companions?; 2.6.1 Embodiment, Emotion and Cognition; 2.6.2 Legal Implications of Smart Agents; 2.6.2.1 Artificial Legal Subjects: The Agency of Corporations; 2.6.2.2 Artificial Legal Subjects: The Agency of Other 'Intelligent Machines'
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.7 Concluding RemarksReferences; Chapter 3: What Robots Want: Autonomous Machines, Codes and New Frontiers of Legal Responsibility; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The No New Responsibility Thesis; 3.3 The New Weak Responsibility Thesis; 3.3.1 New Crimes, New Punishments; 3.3.2 New Agents, New Contracts; 3.4 The New Strong Responsibility Thesis; 3.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Abort, Retry, Fail: Scoping Techno-Regulation and Other Techno-Effects; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 What Is Techno-Regulation?; 4.3 The Limits of the Debate on Techno-Regulation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 Beyond the Limits of Techno-Regulation, Part 1: Persuasion, Nudging and Affordances4.5 Beyond the Limits of Techno-Regulation, Part 2: Unintentional and Implicit Influences of Technology; 4.6 The Full Scope of Techno-Effects; 4.7 Abort, Retry, Fail. Or: Liberating the Boxed-in Concept of Techno-Regulation; References; Chapter 5: A Bump in the Road. Ruling Out Law from Technology; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Law Is Dead, Long Live Techno-Regulation?; 5.3 Incorporeal Rules or Brute Matter? Two Inescapable Truisms; 5.4 The Practice of Law and the Price of the Practice Turn; 5.5 The Medium of Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.6 Hart - The Concept of Law5.6.1 A Practice Theory of Rules; 5.6.2 Demarcating Law as a Practice: Law as a System of Rules; 5.7 Latour - The Passage of Law; 5.7.1 How to Study Law as a Practice? An Ethnography of the Council of State; 5.7.2 Demarcating Law as a Practice: Law as a Regime of Reattachment; 5.7.2.1 The Transfer of Value Objects; 5.7.2.2 Acts of Attachment; 5.7.2.3 Clef de Lecture; 5.8 Beyond Incorporeal Rules and Material Media?; 5.8.1 Institution - Regime of Enunciation; 5.8.2 The Legal Trajectory of Enunciation; 5.9 Law and Technology; 5.9.1 A Bump in the Road
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.9.2 Law as Tracing Through Reattachments
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765344
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 393 p. 74 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 30
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical
    Abstract: Written by experts in the field, this volume presents a comprehensive investigation into the relationship between argumentation theory and the philosophy of mathematical practice. Argumentation theory studies reasoning and argument, and especially those aspects not addressed, or not addressed well, by formal deduction. The philosophy of mathematical practice diverges from mainstream philosophy of mathematics in the emphasis it places on what the majority of working mathematicians actually do, rather than on mathematical foundations. The book begins by first challenging the assumption that there is no role for informal logic in mathematics. Next, it details the usefulness of argumentation theory in the understanding of mathematical practice, offering an impressively diverse set of examples, covering the history of mathematics, mathematics education and, perhaps surprisingly, formal proof verification. From there, the book demonstrates that mathematics also offers a valuable testbed for argumentation theory. Coverage concludes by defending attention to mathematical argumentation as the basis for new perspectives on the philosophy of mathematics.
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionPart I. What are Mathematical Arguments? -- Chapter 1. Non-Deductive Logic in Mathematics: The Probability of Conjectures; James Franklin -- Chapter 2. Arguments, Proofs, and Dialogues; Erik C. W. Krabbe -- Chapter 3. Argumentation in Mathematics; Jesús Alcolea Banegas -- Chapter 4. Arguing Around Mathematical Proofs; Michel Dufour -- Part II. Argumentation as a Methodology for Studying Mathematical Practice -- Chapter 5. An Argumentative Approach to Ideal Elements in Mathematics; Paola Cantù -- Chapter 6. How Persuaded Are You? A Typology of Responses; Matthew Inglis and Juan Pablo Mejía-Ramos -- Chapter 7. Revealing Structures of Argumentations in Classroom Proving Processes; Christine Knipping and David Reid -- Chapter 8. Checking Proofs; Jesse Alama and Reinhard Kahle -- Part III. Mathematics as a Testbed for Argumentation Theory -- Chapter 9. Dividing by Zero-and Other Mathematical Fallacies; Lawrence H. Powers -- Chapter 10. Strategic Maneuvering in Mathematical Proofs; Erik C. W. Krabbe -- Chapter. 11 Analogical Arguments in Mathematics; Paul Bartha -- Chapter 12. What Philosophy of Mathematical Practice Can Teach Argumentation Theory about Diagrams and Pictures; Brendan Larvor -- Part IV. An Argumentational Turn in the Philosophy of Mathematics -- Chapter 13. Mathematics as the Art of Abstraction; Richard L. Epstein -- Chapter 14. Towards a Theory of Mathematical Argument; Ian J. Dove -- Chapter 15. Bridging the Gap Between Argumentation Theory and the Philosophy of Mathematics; Alison Pease, Alan Smaill, Simon Colton and John Lee -- Chapter 16. Mathematical Arguments and Distributed Knowledge; Patrick Allo, Jean Paul Van Bendegem and Bart Van Kerkhove -- Chapter 17. The Parallel Structure of Mathematical Reasoning; Andrew Aberdein -- Index.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753570 , 1283936097 , 9781283936095
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 215 p. 23 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 362
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Bayesian argumentation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Computer simulation ; Applied linguistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Applied psychology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Computer simulation ; Applied linguistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Applied psychology ; Reasoning (Psychology) ; Congresses ; Logic ; Congresses ; Thought and thinking ; Congresses ; Probabilities ; Congresses ; Bayesian statistical decision theory ; Congresses ; Konferenzschrift ; Argumentationstheorie ; Bayes-Entscheidungstheorie
    Abstract: Relevant to, and drawing from, a range of disciplines, the chapters in this collection show the diversity, and applicability, of research in Bayesian argumentation. Together, they form a challenge to philosophers versed in both the use and criticism of Bayesian models who have largely overlooked their potential in argumentation. Selected from contributions to a multidisciplinary workshop on the topic held in Lund, Sweden, in autumn 2010, the authors count legal scholars and cognitive scientists among their number, in addition to philosophers. They analyze material that includes real-life court cases, experimental research results, and the insights gained from computer models.The volume provides a formal measure of subjective argument strength and argument force, robust enough to allow advocates of opposing sides of an argument to agree on the relative strengths of their supporting reasoning. With papers from leading figures such as Mike Oaksford and Ulrike Hahn, the book comprises recent research conducted at the frontiers of Bayesian argumentation and provides a multitude of examples in which these formal tools can be applied to informal argument. It signals new and impending developments in philosophy, which has seen Bayesian models deployed in formal epistemology and philosophy of science, but has yet to explore the full potential of Bayesian models as a framework in argumentation. In doing so, this revealing anthology looks destined to become a standard teaching text in years to come.
    Description / Table of Contents: Bayesian Argumentation; Foreword; Contents; Bayesian Argumentation: The Practical Side of Probability; 1 Introduction; 2 The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; 3 Chapter Overview; 3.1 The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; 3.2 The Legal Domain; 3.3 Modeling Rational Agents; 3.4 Theoretical Issues; References; Part I: The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; Testimony and Argument: A Bayesian Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Testimony, Argumentation and the `Third Way´; 3 Some Problems for MAXMIN; 4 A Bayesian Perspective; 5 Message Content and Message Source: Exploring Norms and Intuitions
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Rehousing Argumentation Schemes Within a Bayesian Framework7 Concluding Remarks; References; Why Are We Convinced by the Ad Hominem Argument?: Bayesian Source Reliability and Pragma-Dialectical Discussion Rules; 1 Types of the Argumentum Ad Hominem; 2 The Pragma-Dialectical Approach; 3 The Bayesian Approach; 4 An Experiment on the Argument Ad Hominem; 5 Method; 6 Results and Discussion; 7 Conclusion; Appendix: Experimental Materials; Abusive; Circumstantial; Tu Quoque; Control; References; 1 Introduction; 2 Survey of Relevant Uncertainties; Part II: The Legal Domain
    Description / Table of Contents: A Survey of Uncertainties and Their Consequences in Probabilistic Legal Argumentation2.1 The Example Case; 2.2 Factual Uncertainty; 2.3 Normative Uncertainty; 2.4 Moral Uncertainty; 2.5 Empirical Uncertainty; 2.6 Interdependencies; 3 Desirable Attributes for a Probabilistic Argument Model to Assist Litigation Planning; 3.1 Assessment of Utilities; 3.2 Easy Knowledge Engineering; 3.3 Conflict Resolution and Argument Weights; 4 Sample Assessment of Graphical Models; 4.1 A Graphical Structure of the Analysis; 4.2 Casting the Example into a Graphical Model; 4.3 Generic Bayesian Networks
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Carneades5.1 A Brief Introduction to the Carneades Model; 5.2 Carneades Bayesian Networks; 5.3 Carneades Bayesian Networks with Probabilistic Assumptions; 5.4 Introduction to Argument Weights; 6 Extension of Carneades to Support Probabilistic Argument Weights; 7 Desiderata for Future Developments; 7.1 Weights Subject to Argumentation; 7.2 Inform Weights from Values; 8 Conclusions and Future Work; References; Was It Wrong to Use Statistics in R v Clark? A Case Study of the Use of Statistical Evidence in Criminal Courts; 1 Introduction; 2 Factual Background; 3 Existing Explanations
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 The Flaws in Meadow´s Calculation3.2 The Psychological Effect of the Statistical Evidence; 3.3 The Prosecutor´s Fallacy; 3.4 Bayes´ Theorem; 3.5 The Insignificance of the SIDS Statistics; 4 The Contrastive Explanation; 5 Conclusion; References; Part III: Modeling Rational Agents; A Bayesian Simulation Model of Group Deliberation and Polarization; 1 Introduction; 2 The Laputa Simulation Framework; 3 The Underlying Bayesian Model; 4 Interpreting Laputa; 5 Do Bayesian Inquirers Polarize?; 6 Conclusion and Discussion; Appendix; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Degrees of Justification, Bayes´ Rule, and Rationality
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Frank Zenker.​- Part 1 -- The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation -- Chapter 1. Testimony and Argument: A Bayesian Perspective: Ulrike Hahn, Mike Oaksford and Adam J.L. Harris -- Chapter 2. Why are we convinced by the Ad Hominem Argument?: Source Reliability or Pragma-Dialectics: Mike Oaksford and Ulrike Hahn.- Part 2. The Legal Domain.-Chapter 3. A survey of uncertainties and their consequences in Probabilistic Legal Argumentation: Matthias Grabmair and Kevin D. Ashley -- Chapter 4. What went wrong in the case of Sally Clark? A case-study of the use of Statistical Evidence in Court: Amid Pundik -- Part 3. Modeling Rational Agents -- Chapter 5. A Bayesian Simulation Model of Group Deliberation: Erik J. Olsson -- Chapter 6. Degrees of Justification, Bayes' Rule, and Rationality: Gregor Betz -- Chapter 7. Argumentation with (Bounded) Rational Agents: Robert van Rooij and Kris de Jaeghery -- Part 4. Theoretical Issues -- Chapter 8. Reductio, Coherence, and the Myth of Epistemic Circularity: Tomoji Shogenji -- Chapter 9. On Argument Strength: Niki Pfeiffer -- Chapter 10 -- Upping the Stakes and the Preface Paradox: Jonny Blamey -- References.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400754010
    Language: French
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 382 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H.L. van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 209
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Perreau, Laurent, 1976 - Le monde social selon Husserl
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Husserl, Edmund 1859-1938 ; Philosophie ; Husserl, Edmund 1859-1938 ; Phänomenologie ; Sozialphilosophie
    Abstract: Cette étude est consacrée à l'examen de la théorie du monde social qui se découvre dans la phénoménologie d’Edmund Husserl : est-elle à même de dire les phénomènes sociaux, sur quel mode et avec quels résultats ?Dans un premier moment, nous reconstituons le propos des deux « ontologies sociales » qui pensent le monde social en son essence et en ses essences : d’une part, l'ontologie de la région « monde social », subordonnée à la région de l'« esprit » et élaborée à partir d'une phénoménologie de la communication ; d’autre part, l'ontologie morphologique et eidétique des formes essentielles de communautés sociales. Dans un second moment, nous suivons l'élaboration d'une « sociologie transcendantale » qui reconsidère le rapport de la subjectivité transcendantale au monde social. Nous montrons comment les développements de la théorie de la personne dans la perspective de la phénoménologie génétique, qui semblent nous détourner de la considération de sa socialité, précisent en réalité le rapport du sujet personnel au monde social sous l'angle de sa « mienneté », de l'habitualité et de la familiarité d'une part, et dans la perspective d'une éthique sociale d'autre part. On établit enfin comment, autour de la Krisis, la théorie du monde de la vie fournit le cadre théorique d'une « sociologie transcendantale » qui se développe, sur le fond d'une anthropologie du monde commun, comme théorie de la générativité. De l'ontologie sociale à la sociologie transcendantale, cette recherche est conçue comme une investigation des ressources et des difficultés de la voie d'accès à la réduction transcendantale par l'ontologie, relativement à la question du « social ».Remarquable enquête menée sur l'expérience sociale du sujet, la phénoménologie husserlienne du monde social est susceptible d’intéresser le sociologue tout autant que le philosophe qui s’interroge sur la nature du « social » en général
    Description / Table of Contents: Le Monde Social Selon Husserl; Remerciements; Table des Matières; Abréviations; Remarques générales; Abréviations retenues pour les références aux œuvres de Husserl; Chapitre 1: Introduction générale : comment dire les phénomènes sociaux?; 1.1 L'idée d'une phénoménologie du monde social; 1.2 Vers une «sociologie transcendantale»; 1.3 Les préventions à l'égard de la phénoménologie husserlienne du monde social; 1.3.1 Les limites d'une philosophie du sujet; 1.3.2 Les prestiges de l'alter ego; 1.3.3 La supposée inconsistance du propos husserlien sur le monde social
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2 Le rapport à la personne autre comme foyer expressif3.3 La communication effective; 3.3.1 La prise de «contact» ( Berührung); 3.3.2 L'échange réciproque; 3.3.3 Le rapport Je-Tu et la synthèse de recouvrement; 3.3.4 La formation du «consensus» ( Einverständnis); Chapitre 4: La région ontologique «monde social»; 4.1 La pulsion sociale; 4.1.1 La pulsion sociale comme pulsion socialisée (pulsion sexuelle et pulsion maternelle); 4.1.2 La pulsion sociale comme puissance de socialisation; 4.1.3 La pulsion sociale comme tendance primaire à la communautisation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 La théorie des «actes sociaux» : du monde de la communication ( kommunikative Welt) à la communauté de volonté ( Willensgemeinschaft)4.3 Les «personnalités d'ordre supérieur»; 4.3.1 Sur le sens de l'expression «d'ordre supérieur» (höhere Ordnung); 4.3.2 La dimension «personnelle» de la communauté sociale; 4.3.3 L'unité normative des «personnalités d'ordre supérieur»; 4.3.4 La distinction phénoménologique des «personnalités d'ordre supérieur»; Deuxième partie: les formes essentielles du monde social; Chapitre 5: Vers une morpho-typique eidétique du monde social
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Du projet général d'une élucidation des particularités conceptuelles des sciences sociales à l'idée d'une morphologie eidétique du monde social
    Description / Table of Contents:  REMERCIEMENTS -- TABLE DES MATIÈRES -- ABRÉVIATIONS -- Abréviations retenues pour les références aux œuvres de Husserl -- Introduction : dire les phénomènes sociaux -- PREMIERE PARTIE : ONTOLOGIES DU MONDE SOCIAL -- Introduction -- SECTION I : La région « monde social » -- Chapitre I : De l’esprit au monde social.- Chapitre II. La communication comme forme élémentaire de la vie sociale.- Chapitre III. La région ontologique « monde social » -- SECTION II : Les formes essentielles du monde social -- Chapitre IV : Vers une morpho-typique éïdétique du monde social.- Chapitre V : De quelques formes essentielles du monde social.- SECONDE PARTIE : VERS UNE « SOCIOLOGIE TRANSCENDANTALE » -- SECTION III : Sujet personnel et monde social. Problémes et difficultés d’une définition transcendantale de la personne -- Chapitre VI : Problèmes et difficultés d’une théorie de la personne dans les Ideen II.- Chapitre VII. La genèse passive de la personne : l’appropriation habituelle, typique et familière du monde environnant.- Chapitre VIII. La genèse active de la personne.- Conclusion de la section III  -- Section IV : DU MONDE DE LA VIE AU MONDE SOCIAL -- Introduction : De la question de la genèse personnelle de soi aux problèmes de la prédonation de l’expérience sociale -- Chapitre IX : De la théorie du monde de la vie à la théorie du monde social.-Chapitre X : Le monde de la vie comme monde commun : le fondement anthropologique de la sociologie transcendantale.- Chapitre XI : La theorie de la générativité comme theorie de la relativisation socio-historique de l’expérience communautaire.- Conclusion -- Bibliographie -- Index Nominum.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781461491170
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 256 p. 48 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: One World Archaeology 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Contesting ethnoarchaeologies
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Anthropology ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Humanities ; Anthropology ; Archaeology ; Europa ; Asien ; Ethnoarchäologie
    Abstract: Contesting Ethnoarchaeologies provide a systematic overview of major non-American traditions of ethnoarchaeology, with a particular focus on Europe and Asia. It explores all stages of their research agenda. These ethnoarchaeologies were embedded in theoretical traditions of local archaeologies. Moreover, ethnoarchaeological studies carried out in these different settings targeted a wide range of different issues and addressed numerous questions of covering all sorts of different issues. Consequently, achieved results and data have been largely idiosyncratic and hardly compatible. Hence, this volume aims not only to conceptualize characteristics of these diverse ethnoarchaeologies but more importantly put them in a broader context of the development of archaeology in different parts of Europe and Asia. The contributors to the volume express their own diverse views on the cognitive and interpretative value of ethnoarchaeology for studying prehistoric past, based on particular cases of experience and research. As such, the volume is not only a valuable overview of numerous ethnoarcheological practices in different parts of the region, but also a significant contribution to the history of archaeological thought. This perspective shall make the book of wider applicability and make possible to put up ethnoarchaeology as an immanent and important element of archaeological theory.
    Description / Table of Contents: Arkadiusz Marciniak & Nurcan E. Yalman - Introduction. Non-American ethnoarchaeologies in the history of archaeological thoughtI. Traditions of ethnoarchaeology outside the Anglo-American contexts -- Valentine Roux, Ethnoarchaeology in France: Trends and perspectives -- Francesca Lugi, Ethnoarchaeology in Italy -- Ruth Struwe, German ethnoarchaeological traditions from a theoretical and conceptual viewpoint - past and present -- Zbigniew Kobylinski, Włodzimierz Hołubowicz - pioneer of ethnoarchaeology of pottery-making -- Petar Zidarov, Małgorzata Grębska-Kulow, Ethnoarchaeology on the Balkans. A view from Bulgaria -- Nurcan E. Yalman, The history of ethnoarchaeology in Turkey and its place in archaeological thought -- Aleksandr V. Kenig, S. S. Tikhonov, M. A. Korusenko, The development of ethnoarchaeological thought in Russian archaeology -- Kong Ling Yuan, Ethnoarchaeology in China -- II. Significance of ethnoarchaeology of the 21st century -- Willeke Wendrich, Ethnoarchaeology today: the relevance of a discipline from the Egyptian perspective -- Marius-Tiberiu Alexianu, Saturated model. A first application in world and Romanian ethno-archaeology -- Turan Takaoğlu, The living Ottomans past: Rethinking ethnoarchaeology in Turkey -- Martin H. Wobst, Non Anglophone ethno-archaeologies.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400760912
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 389 p. 35 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Cellucci, Carlo, 1940 - Rethinking logic
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Computer science ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logik ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung
    Abstract: This volume examines the limitations of mathematical logic and proposes a new approach to logic intended to overcome them. To this end, the book compares mathematical logic with earlier views of logic, both in the ancient and in the modern age, including those of Plato, Aristotle, Bacon, Descartes, Leibniz, and Kant. From the comparison it is apparent that a basic limitation of mathematical logic is that it narrows down the scope of logic confining it to the study of deduction, without providing tools for discovering anything new. As a result, mathematical logic has had little impact on scientific practice. Therefore, this volume proposes a view of logic according to which logic is intended, first of all, to provide rules of discovery, that is, non-deductive rules for finding hypotheses to solve problems. This is essential if logic is to play any relevant role in mathematics, science and even philosophy. To comply with this view of logic, this volume formulates several rules of discovery, such as induction, analogy, generalization, specialization, metaphor, metonymy, definition, and diagrams. A logic based on such rules is basically a logic of discovery, and involves a new view of the relation of logic to evolution, language, reason, method and knowledge, particularly mathematical knowledge. It also involves a new view of the relation of philosophy to knowledge. This book puts forward such new views, trying to open again many doors that the founding fathers of mathematical logic had closed historically
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceChapter 1. Introduction -- Part I. Ancient Perspectives -- Chapter 2. The Origin of Logic -- Chapter 3. Ancient Logic and Science -- Chapter 4. The Analytic Method -- Chapter 5. The Analytic-Synthetic Method -- Chapter 6. Aristotle's Logic: The Deductivist View -- Chapter 7. Aristotle's Logic: The Heuristic View -- Part II. Modern Perspectives -- Chapter 8. The Method of Modern Science -- Chapter 9. The Quest for a Logic of Discovery -- Chapter 10. Frege's Approach to Logic -- Chapter 11. Gentzen's Approach to Logic -- Chapter 12. The Limitations of Mathematical Logic -- Chapter 13. Logic, Method, and the Psychology of Discovery -- Part III: An Alternative Perspective -- Chapter 14. Reason and Knowledge -- Chapter 15. Reason, Knowledge and Emotion -- Chapter 16. Logic, Evolution, Language and Reason -- Chapter 17. Logic, Method and Knowledge -- Chapter 18. Classifying and Justifying Inference Rules -- Chapter 19. Philosophy and Knowledge -- Part IV: Rules of Discovery -- Chapter 20. Induction and Analogy -- Chapter 21. Other Rules of Discovery -- Chapter 22. Conclusion -- References -- Name Index -- Subject Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographies and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400749818
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 89 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Transgenic organisms ; Life sciences ; Social sciences Methodology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Transgenic organisms ; Life sciences ; Social sciences Methodology ; Transhumanismus ; Gesellschaft
    Abstract: This book provides an introductory overview to the social debate over enhancement technologies with an overview of the transhumanists' call to bypass human nature and conservationists' argument in defense of it. The author present this controversy as it unfolds in the contest between transhumanists proponents and conservationists, who push back with an argument to conserve human nature and to ban enhancement technologies. This book provides an overview of the key contested points and present the debate in an orderly, constructive fashion. Readers are informed about the discussion over humanism, the tension between science and religion, and the interpretation of socio-technological revolutions; and are invited to make up their own mind about one of the most challenging topics concerning the social and ethical implications of technological advancements
    Abstract: This book provides an introductory overview to the social debate over enhancement technologies with an overview of the transhumanists' call to bypass human nature and conservationists' argument in defense of it. The author present this controversy as it unfolds in the contest between transhumanists proponents and conservationists, who push back with an argument to conserve human nature and to ban enhancement technologies. This book provides an overview of the key contested points and present the debate in an orderly, constructive fashion. Readers are informed about the discussion over humanism, the tension between science and religion, and the interpretation of socio-technological revolutions; and are invited to make up their own mind about one of the most challenging topics concerning the social and ethical implications of technological advancements.
    Description / Table of Contents: Transhumanism and Society; Preface; Contents; 1 Introduction to the Transhumanity Debate; Presenting the Transhumanity Debate; Transtechnologies and Society; Discourse of Concern and Discourse of Hope; Transhumanity and Modernity; Suspect Modernity; Modernity in the Balance; The ''New EnlightenmentNew Enlightenment''; On Capitalism; Conclusion; 2 Transcend or Transgress?; Transcendence: Cosmic, Personal and Civitas; Cosmic Transcendencecosmic transcendence; Personal Transcendencepersonal transcendence; Civitas Transcendencecivitas transcendence; Compromise between Versions; Transgression
    Description / Table of Contents: Critique of Cosmic Transcendencecosmic transcendenceCritique of Personal Transcendencepersonal transcendence; Critique of Civitas Transcendencecivitas transcendence; Transcendence nor Transgression?; 3 Transformation of Body and Mind; Sec1; Radical Transformation; Mind over Body; Of Substrates and Cyborgs; Religious Critique: Escape the Body, Lose the Soulsoul; Secular Critique: Escape the Body, Lose the Self; Moderate Transformation; Moderate Transformation as Value Gained; Moderate Transformation as Value Lost; Defending Posthuman Dignity; Taboo or Tolerance; 4 Rhetoric of Risk; Sec1
    Description / Table of Contents: The Social Construction of RiskRisk and Social Movements; Risk NarrativesRisk Narrative; ''End Times'' Narrative; Market Exploitation Narrative; New EnlightenmentNew Enlightenment Narrative; Risk CampaignsRisk Campaign; Trust; Oversight Based on the Precautionary Principle; Oversight Based on the Proactionary Principle; Assignment of Liability; Contested Objects; GNR Terrorism; Genetically Modified Food; Neuropharmaceuticals; Protecting the ''Risk Object Portfolio''; Conclusion; 5 Inevitability; ; Rhetoric of Inevitability; Transhumanity and Fatalismfatalism; Strong Claims of Inevitability
    Description / Table of Contents: EvolutionEvolutionHomo Cyberneticus; Technological Momentum; Conservationist Critique of Strong Claims; Religious Conservationist Counterargument; Secular Conservationist Counterargument; Moderate Claim: Social Conditions are Ripe; Relinquishment; 6 Closure; No Easy Resolution; Balancing Act with Inevitability Claims; Scenarios; About the Author; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400748453 , 128363418X , 9781283634182
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 203 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 104
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Kaufman, Whitley R. P., 1963 - Honor and revenge: a theory of punishment
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Criminology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Criminology ; Punishment ; Philosophy ; Punishment in crime deterrence ; Retribution ; Strafe ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Kriminologie ; Strafe ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Kriminologie
    Abstract: This book addresses the problem of justifying the institution of criminal punishment. It examines the "paradox of retribution: the fact that we cannot seem to reject the intuition that punishment is morally required, and yet we cannot (even after two thousand years of philosophical debate) find a morally legitimate basis for inflicting harm on wrongdoers. The book comes at a time when a new "abolitionist movement has arisen, a movement that argues that we should give up the search for justification and accept that punishment is morally unjustifiable and should be discontinued immediately. This book, however, proposes a new approach to the retributive theory of punishment, arguing that it should be understood in its traditional formulation that has been long forgotten or dismissed: that punishment is essentially a defense of the honor of the victim. Properly understood, this can give us the possibility of a legitimate moral justification for the institution of punishment.?
    Description / Table of Contents: Honor and Revenge: A Theory of Punishment; Contents; Chapter 1: The Problem of Punishment; 1.1 The Paradox of Retribution; 1.2 The Incoherence of Public Policy: A Muddle of Theories; 1.3 The Rise of Abolitionism; 1.4 The Strategy of This Book; 1.5 The Importance of the Debate; Chapter 2: Punishment as Crime Prevention; 2.1 Does Punishment Prevent Crime?; 2.2 Crime Prevention and the Utilitarian Moral Theory; 2.3 The Critique of Consequentialism; 2.4 Is It Ever Useful to Punish the Innocent?; 2.5 Punishing the Guilty; 2.6 What's Left of the Crime Prevention Theory?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.7 The Intend/Foresee Distinction2.8 The Crime-Prevention Theory and Double Effect; 2.9 The DDE and Punishing the Innocent; 2.10 Deterrence and Retribution; Chapter 3: Can Retributive Punishment Be Justified?; 3.1 Crypto-Utilitarian Theories of Retribution; 3.1.1 The Deterrence-Based Theory of Retribution; 3.1.2 Retribution and Satisfaction of Victims; 3.2 Retribution as a Natural Instinct or Emotion; 3.3 Retribution as a Requirement of Reason; 3.3.1 Respect for the Offender; 3.3.2 Right to Be Punished; 3.3.3 Consent to Be Punished; 3.3.4 Unfair Advantage
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 Retribution as Conceptual Requirement3.5 The Expressive Theory of Retribution; 3.5.1 Can the Expressive Theory Justify Punishment?; 3.5.2 Why Hard Treatment?; 3.6 Retribution as a Moral Primitive; Chapter 4: The Mixed Theory of Punishment; 4.1 The Idea of "Separate Questions"; 4.2 The Conceptual Version of the Mixed Theory; 4.3 Legal Formalism; 4.4 The Separation of Powers Principle; 4.5 The Rule-Utilitarian Theory; 4.6 H.L.A. Hart's Two-Level Theory; 4.7 The "Practice Conception" Argument; 4.8 Utilitarianism, Retribution, and the Two Levels; 4.9 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Retribution and Revenge5.1 Six Supposed Distinctions Between Revenge and Retribution; 5.2 Revenge Is Personal; 5.3 Revenge Is Inherently Excessive; 5.4 Revenge Is for Insults and Slights, Not Moral Wrongs; 5.5 Revenge Is Based on Sadistic Pleasure; 5.6 Revenge Is Based on the Principle of Collective Responsibility; 5.7 Revenge Is Based upon Strict Liability; 5.8 Conclusion: Revenge Versus Retribution; 5.9 Is Revenge Morally Permissible?; 5.10 Revenge, Retribution, and Honor; Chapter 6: What Is the Purpose of Retribution?; 6.1 The Intending Harm Requirement
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Assessing the "Intending Harm Requirement"6.3 The Purpose of Revenge; 6.4 Punishment and Honor; 6.5 Honor and Punishment; 6.6 Intending Harm Versus Defending Honor; 6.7 From Private Revenge to Societal Punishment; 6.8 Retribution and Intentional Harm; 6.9 Honor and Impartiality; 6.10 The Expressive Theory Revisited; Chapter 7: Making Sense of Honor; 7.1 The Descriptive Claim and the Evolutionary Alternative; 7.2 The Value of Honor; 7.3 Is Honor Essentially External?; 7.4 The External Honor Thesis; 7.5 Five Interpretations of the External Honor Thesis; 7.6 Is Honor External?
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 8: Is Punishment Justified?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    ISBN: 9789400753747 , 1283634422 , 9781283634427
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 136 p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Ethics
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Krieg, Andreas Motivations for humanitarian intervention
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Humanitäre Intervention ; Motivation ; Legitimität ; Legitimation ; Innenpolitik ; Außenpolitik ; Nationales Interesse ; Idealismus ; Rechtfertigung ; Krieg ; Moral ; Einflussgröße ; Erde ; Humanitäre Intervention
    Abstract: This Brief sheds light on the motivation of humanitarian intervention from a theoretical and empirical point of view. An in-depth analysis of the theoretical arguments surrounding the issue of a legitimate motivation for humanitarian intervention demonstrate to what extent either altruism or national/self-interests are considered a righteous stimulus. The question about what constitutes a just intervention has been at the core of debates in Just War Theory for centuries. In particular in regards to humanitarian intervention it is oftentimes difficult to define the criteria for a righteous intervention. More than in conventional military interventions, the motivation and intention behind humanitarian intervention is a crucial factor. Whether the humanitarian intervention cases of the post-Cold War era were driven by altruistic or by self-interested considerations is a question is covered within and enables a comprehensive and holistic evaluation of the question of what motivates Western democracies to intervene or to abstain from intervention in humanitarian crises.
    Description / Table of Contents: Motivations forHumanitarian Intervention; Contents; Abbreviations; Introduction; Part IThe Normative Debate; 1 The Legal and Moral Legitimacy of Intervention; 1.1…The Impact of Globalization on the International State System; 1.2…Intervention in International Law Since 1945; 1.2.1 Definition of Intervention; 1.2.2 The Principles of Sovereignty and Non-Intervention in the UN System; 1.2.3 Intervention in International Law Since 1990; 1.3…The Ethics of Humanitarian Intervention; 1.3.1 Intervention in Just War Theory; 1.3.2 The Criterion of 'Right intention'; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 National Interests and Altruism in Humanitarian Intervention2.1…Humanitarian Intervention and National Interest; 2.1.1 Definition of National Interest/Self-Interest; 2.1.2 National Interest and Social Contractarianism; 2.1.3 The Role of Self-Interest in Humanitarian Intervention; 2.1.4 National Interests and the Fear of the Trojan Horse; 2.2…Humanitarian Intervention and Altruism; 2.2.1 Definition of Altruism; 2.2.2 Idealist Approach to Humanitarian Intervention; References; Part IIThe Empirical Analysis; 3 The Motivation for Humanitarian Intervention; 3.1…Research Design and Method
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2…Case Analysis3.2.1 Northern Iraq (Operation Provide Comfort, 1991); 3.2.2 Somalia (Operation Restore Hope, 1992); 3.2.3 Haiti (Operation Uphold Democracy, 1994); 3.2.4 Rwanda (Operation Turquoise, 1994); 3.2.5 Bosnia (Operation Deliberate Force, 1995); 3.2.6 Kosovo (Operation Allied Force, 1999); 3.2.7 East Timor (Operation Stabilise/INTERFET, 1999); 3.2.8 Sierra Leone (Operation Palliser, 2000); 3.2.9 Afghanistan (Operation Enduring Freedom, 2001); 3.2.10 Iraq (Operation Iraqi Freedom, 2003); 3.2.11 Rwanda (Non-Intervention, 1994); 3.2.12 Darfur (Non-Intervention, 2003 ff.)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.13 Overview of Intervention and Non-Intervention CasesReferences; 4 Quantitative Analysis; 4.1…General Findings; 4.2…The Aggregate Strength of Altruism and National Interests in Humanitarian Crises; 4.3…Discussion; References; 5 Conclusion;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    ISBN: 9789400747463
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 631 p. 73 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 27
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy
    Abstract: This book reconstructs key aspects of the early career of Descartes from 1618 to 1633; that is, up through the point of his composing his first system of natural philosophy, Le Monde, in 1629-33. It focuses upon the overlapping and intertwined development of Descartes’ projects in physico-mathematics, analytical mathematics, universal method, and, finally, systematic corpuscular-mechanical natural philosophy. The concern is not simply with the conceptual and technical aspects of these projects; but, with Descartes’ agendas within them and his construction and presentation of his intellectual identity in relation to them. Descartes’ technical projects, agendas and senses of identity shifted over time, entangled and displayed great successes and deep failures, as he morphed from a mathematically competent, Jesuit trained graduate in neo-Scholastic Aristotelianism to aspiring prophet of a systematised corpuscular-mechanism, passing through stages of being a committed physico-mathematicus, advocate of a putative ‘universal mathematics’, and projector of a grand methodological dream. In all three dimensions-projects, agendas and identity concerns-the young Descartes struggled and contended, with himself and with real or virtual peers and competitors, hence the title ‘Descartes-Agonistes’. ​
    Description / Table of Contents: Descartes-Agonistes; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: Problems of Descartes and the Scientific Revolution; 1.1 Prologue: The 'Young' and the 'Mature' Descartes, Natural Philosopher; 1.2 Descartes and the Historians of Science; 1.3 Key Pitfalls (and Opportunities) Facing Descartes' Biographers (Even Authors of Quite Truncated Biographies); 1.3.1 The Problem of Method and Its Texts: Regulae and Discours; 1.3.2 The Problem of Descartes the Natural Philosopher, and of Natural Philosophy as a Wide and Dynamic Field of Discourse and Contention
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.3 Scientific Biography and the Historiography of Science1.4 Overview of the Argument; References; Works of Descartes and Their Abbreviations; Other; Chapter 2: Conceptual and Historiographical Foundations-Natural Philosophy, Mixed Mathematics, Physico-mathematics, Method; 2.1 Jesuit neo-Scholasticism for the noblesse de robe; 2.2 In Search of Proper Categories and Angle of Attack; 2.3 Constructing the Category of Natural Philosophy, Part 1-Natural Philosophizing as Culture and Process; 2.4 Some Heuristic Help: Modeling Modern Sciences as Unique, Agonal Traditions in Process
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Constructing the Category of Natural Philosophy, Part 2: The Dynamics and Rules of Contestation of Natural Philosophizing2.5.1 Articulation on Subordinate Disciplines: Grammar and Specific Utterance; 2.5.2 Find or Steal Discoveries, Novelties or Facts, Including Experimental Ones; 2.5.3 Bend or Brake Aristotle's Rules About Mathematics and Natural Philosophy: The Gambit of 'Physico-Mathematics'; 2.5.4 "Hot Spots" of Articulation Contest: Additional Causes and Effects of Heightened Turbulence in the Field of Natural Philosophizing
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5.5 Modeling System Construction and Contestation - The 'Core', 'Vertical' and 'Horizontal' Dimensions of a Natural Philosophical System2.5.6 The Mechanics of Responding to 'Outside' Challenges and Opportunities; 2.6 The Special Status of the Problem of Method; 2.7 Phases and Stages in the 'Scientific Revolution' Seen as an Unfolding Process in the Field of Natural Philosophizing, with Its Attendant Articulations to Other Domains; 2.8 Looking Forward-What Kind of Natural Philosopher/Physico-Mathematician Was René Descartes?; References; Works of Descartes and Their Abbreviations; Other
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: 'Recalled to Study'-Descartes, Physico-Mathematicus3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Beeckman: Mentor and Colleague in Physico-Mathematics and Natural Philosophy; 3.2.1 Corpuscular-Mechanical Natural Philosophy and the Values of the Practical Arts; 3.2.2 Beeckman's Causal Register, Principles of Mechanics and Version of Physico-Mathematics; 3.3 Exemplary Physico-Mathematics: The Hydrostatics Manuscript of 1619; 3.3.1 Stevin, Archimedes and the Hydrostatic Paradox; 3.3.2 The Hydrostatics Manuscript [1] The Micro-Corpuscular Reduction; 3.3.3 The Hydrostatics Manuscript [2] The Force of Motion
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 What's the Agenda: Descartes' Radical Form of Physico-Mathematics
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Problems of Descartes and the Scientific Revolution -- Conceptual and Historiographical Foundations.-  Recalled to Study: Descartes Physico-Mathematicus  Descartes Opticien: The Optical Triumph of the 1620s -- nalytical Mathematics, Universal Mathematics and Method: Descartes’ Identity and Agenda Entering the 1620s.- Method and the Problem of the Historical Descartes.-  Universal Mathematics Interruptus: The Program of the later Regulae and its Collapse 1626-28 -- Reinventing the Agenda and Identity: Descartes, Physico-mathematical Philosopher of Nature 1629-33.-  Reading Le Monde as Pedagogy and Fable -- Waterworld: Descartes’ Vortical Celestial Mechanics and Cosmological Optics in Le Monde. - Le Monde as a System of Natural Philosophy -- Cosmography, Realist Copernicanism and Systematising Strategy in the Principia Philosophiae -- Conclusion: The Young and the Mature Descartes Agonistes -- Appendix 1 Descartes, Mydorge and Beeckman: The Evolution of Cartesian Lens Theory 1627-1637.-  Appendix 2 Decoding Descartes’ Vortex Celestial Mechanics in the Text of Le Monde.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    ISBN: 9789400752313
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 212 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Sophia Studies in Cross-cultural Philosophy of Traditions and Cultures 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Regional planning ; Migration ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Regional planning ; Migration
    Abstract: This searching examination of the life and philosophy of the twentieth-century Indian intellectual Jarava Lal Mehta details, among other things, his engagement with the oeuvres of Martin Heidegger, Hans-Georg Gadamer, and Jacques Derrida. It shows how Mehta's sense of cross-cultural philosophy and religious thought were affected by these engagements, and maps the two key contributions Mehta made to the sum of human ideas. First, Mehta outlined what the author dubs a 'postcolonial hermeneutics' that uses the 'ethnotrope' of the pilgrim to challenge the philosophical hermeneutic emphasis on supplementation and augmentation. For Mehta, the hermeneutic encounter ruptures, rather than supplements, the self. Secondly, Mehta extended this concept of hermeneutics to interrogate the Hindu tradition, arriving at the concept of the 'negative messianic'. In contrast to Derrida's emphasis on the 'one to come', Mehta shows how the Hindu bhakti model represents the very opposite, that is, the 'withdrawn other, ' identifying thereby the ethical pitfalls of deconstructivism's emphasis on the messianic tradition. This is the only full-length study in English of this high-profile Hindu philosopher
    Abstract: This searching examination of the life and philosophy of the twentieth-century Indian intellectual Jarava Lal Mehta details, among other things, his engagement with the oeuvres of Martin Heidegger, Hans-Georg Gadamer, and Jacques Derrida. It shows how Mehta’s sense of cross-cultural philosophy and religious thought were affected by these engagements, and maps the two key contributions Mehta made to the sum of human ideas. First, Mehta outlined what the author dubs a ‘postcolonial hermeneutics’ that uses the ‘ethnotrope’ of the pilgrim to challenge the philosophical hermeneutic emphasis on supplementation and augmentation. For Mehta, the hermeneutic encounter ruptures, rather than supplements, the self. Secondly, Mehta extended this concept of hermeneutics to interrogate the Hindu tradition, arriving at the concept of the ‘negative messianic’. In contrast to Derrida's emphasis on the 'one to come', Mehta shows how the Hindu bhakti model represents the very opposite, that is, the 'withdrawn other,' identifying thereby the ethical pitfalls of deconstructivism's emphasis on the messianic tradition. This is the only full-length study in English of this high-profile Hindu philosopher
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- From Banaras to the West and and Back -- From Subcontinent to Continental -- Pilgrims and Pilgrimages -- Digging at the Roots: The Logic of the Hindu Tradition -- Heroes, Jewish Nomads, and Hindu Pilgrims: Ulysses, Abraham and Uddhava at the Cross- (cultural) - roads -- Bibliography.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400751378
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 161 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 31
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Chemistry ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Chemistry ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic
    Abstract: This compelling reevaluation of the relationship between logic and knowledge affirms the key role that the notion of judgement must play in such a review. The commentary repatriates the concept of judgement in the discussion, banished in recent times by the logical positivism of Wittgenstein, Hilbert and Schlick, and the Platonism of Bolzano. The volume commences with the insights of Swedish philosopher Per Martin-Löf, the father of constructive type theory, for whom logic is a demonstrative science in which judgement is a settled feature of the landscape. His paper opens the first of four sections that examine, in turn, historical philosophical assessments of judgement and reason; their place in early modern philosophy; the notion of judgement and logical theory in Wolff, Kant and Neo-Kantians like Windelband; their development in the Husserlian phenomenological paradigm; and the work of Bolzano, Russell and Frege. The papers, whose authors include Per Martin-Löf, Göran Sundholm, Michael Della Rocca and Robin Rollinger, represent a finely judged editorial selection highlighting work on philosophers exercised by the question of whether or not an epistemic notion of judgement has a role to play in logic. The volume will be of profound interest to students and academicians for its application of historical developments in philosophy to the solution of vexatious contemporary issues in the foundation of logic. ​
    Description / Table of Contents: Judgement and the Epistemic Foundation of Logic; Preface; Contents; Introduction; Bibliography; Part I: Constructivism, Judgement and Reason; Chapter 1: Verificationism Then and Now; Chapter 2: Demonstrations Versus Proofs, Being an Afterword to Constructions, Proofs, and the Meaning of the Logical Constants; Bibliography; Chapter 3: Containment and Variation; Two Strands in the Development of Analyticity from Aristotle to Martin-Löf; Bibliography; Part II: Judgement and Reason in the Seventeenth Century; Chapter 4: Descartes' Theory of Judgement: Warranted Assertions, the Key to Science*
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Descartes' Debate with Scholastic Logic over the Foundations of Science2 The Rules for the Forming of True Judgements; 3 The Many Uses of the Concept of Judgement in Descartes' Mathesis; Bibliography; Chapter 5: Striving, Oomph, and Intelligibility in Spinoza; 1 Descartes and the Great Intelligibility Trade-Off; 2 Strengthening Intelligibility; 3 Weakening Intelligibility; Bibliography; I. Works by Descartes; II. Works by Spinoza; III. Works by Leibniz; IV. Works by Hume; V. Other Works; Part III: Kant, Neo-Kantianism, and Bolzano
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: The Role of Wolff's Analysis of Judgements in Kant's Inaugural Dissertation1 Wolff's Analysis of Judgements; 2 Meier's Notion of Condition; 3 The Strategy of Kant's Dissertation; 4 Three Classes of Subreption; Bibliography; Chapter 7: Windelband on Beurteilung; 1 Windelband's Definition of Judgement; 2 Windelband's Three-Step Argument; 3 Judgeable Content; 4 Assessing Under Assumption of Epistemic Values; 5 The Nature of Epistemic Assessment; Bibliography; I. Primary; II. Secondary; Chapter 8: A Priori Knowledge in Bolzano, Conceptual Truths, and Judgements
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Apriori in Bolzano1.1 Concepts and Conceptual Truths; 1.2 Conceptual Truths and Judgements A Priori; 1.2.1 Conceptual Truths and Analytic Truths; 1.2.2 Empirical Analytic Truths; 1.2.3 Synthetic Conceptual Truths; 1.3 How Are Synthetic Judgements A Priori Possible?; 2 Understanding (C1): Bolzano's Epistemology; 2.1 Judgements and Subjective Representations; 2.2 Bolzano's Analysis of the Concept of Knowledge; 2.2.1 Confidence; 2.2.2 How Much Confidence?; 3 Understanding (C2): Knowing a Concept; 3.1 The Correspondence Assumption; 3.2 Having a Representation, Clarity, and Distinctness
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Definitions, Proofs, and Synthetic Truths4.1 Knowledge and Proof; 4.2 Two Remaining Problems; 4.3 The Case of Fundamental Truths; 5 Conclusion; Bibliography; Part IV: Husserl, Frege and Russell; Chapter 9: Immanent and Real States of Affairs in Husserl's Early Theory of Judgement: Reflections on Manuscripts from 1893/1894 and Their Background in the Logic of Brentano and Stumpf; 1 Introduction; 2 Brentano and Stumpf on Contents of Judgement; 2.1 Brentano; 2.2 Stumpf; 2.3 Excursus: Other Students of Brentano; 3 Husserl's Theory of Judgement (1893/1894)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Psychological Studies in Elementary Logic
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Part 1. Constructivism, Judgement, and Reason -- Chapter 1. Verificationism then and now: Per Martin-Löf -- Chapter 2. Demonstrations versus Proofs, being an afterword to 'Constructions, Proofs and the meaning of Logical Constants': Göran Sundholm -- Chapter 3. Containment and Variation: Two Strands in the Development of Analyticity from Aristotle to Martin-Löf: Göran Sundholm -- Part 2. Judgement and Reason in the Seventeenth Century -- Chapter 4. Decartes' Theory of Judgement: Warranted Assertions, the Key to Science: Elodie Cassan -- Chapter 5. Striving, Oomph, and Intelligibility in Spinoza: Michael Della Rocca -- Part 3. Kant, Neo-Kantianism, and Bolzano -- Chapter 6. The Role of Wolff's Analysis of Judgments in Kant's Inaugural Dissertation: Johan Blok -- Chapter 7. Windelband on 'Beurteilung’: Arnaud Dewalque -- Chapter 8. A Priori Knowledge in Bolzano; Conceptual Truths and Judgements: Stefan Roski -- Part 4. Husserl, Frege and Russell -- Chapter 9. Immanent and Real States of Affairs in Husserl's Early Theory of Judgement: Robin Rollinger -- Chapter 10. Frege and Russell on Assertion: Jeremy Kelly.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752191
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 1041 p. 8 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Humanities ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Humanities ; Religion (General)
    Abstract: The envisioned volume is a collection of recent essays about the philosophical exploration, critique and comparison of (a) the major philosophical models of God, gods and other ultimate realities implicit in the worlds philosophical schools and religions, and of (b) the ideas of such models and doing such modeling per se. The aim is to identify exactly what a model of ultimate reality is; create a comprehensive and accessible collection of extant models; and determine how best, philosophically, to model ultimate reality, if possible and desirable.
    Abstract: Dedicated to exploring the enormous variety of ultimate realities at the center of the world’s great religions and philosophical traditions, this volume is a richly varied collection of essays on how we conceive this central notion, whether expressed as God, or as an ultimate reality of another kind. Years in the making, the collection examines the guiding principles of 15 major philosophical traditions and 6 living religions. A publication of monumental scale and detail, it features an innovative thematic structure that aggregates traditions according to their core models, allowing the reader to grasp the common features of ultimate realities as understood in diverse traditions such as Hindu, Buddhist, Jewish, Muslim, Christian, and in some non-religious discussions. Borne out of proceedings at both the American Philosophical Association and the American Academy of Religion, the volume also examines foundational questions related to the human propensity for creating and using such models, including the issue of whether we are capable of acquiring knowledge of ultimate reality. It features a sustained analysis of the concept that modeling such an ultimate reality is a fruitless endeavor doomed to failure since the ultimate might well be beyond human conception, as well as reflections on the staggering diversity of these models and their application to concepts such as spirituality, gender equality, war, and global warming. Accessible and authoritative, the collection combines section primers for those new to the field, deeper treatment in dedicated essays, and a wealth of references for further reading and study
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    ISBN: 9789400763432
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 352 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Library of Ethics and Applied Philosophy 31
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als What makes us moral? on the Capacities and Conditions for Being Moral
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Consciousness ; Ethik ; Bedingung
    Abstract: This book addresses the question of what it means to be moral and which capacities one needs to be moral. It questions whether empathy is a cognitive or an affective capacity, or perhaps both. As most moral beings behave immorally from time to time, the authors ask which factors cause or motivate people to translate their moral beliefs into action? Specially addressed is the question of what is the role of internal factors such as willpower, commitment, character, and what is the role of external, situational and structural factors? The questions are considered from various (disciplinary) perspectives
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: What Makes Us Moral? An Introduction; 1.1 Why Be Moral; Why Are We Moral; What Makes Us Moral?; 1.2 Part I: Morality, Evolution and Rationality; 1.3 Part II: Morality and the Continuity Between Human and Nonhuman Primates; 1.4 Part III: Nativism and Non-nativism; 1.5 Part IV: Religion and (Im)Morality; 1.6 Part V: Morality Beyond Naturalism; References; Part I: Morality, Evolution and Rationality; Chapter 2: Rationality and Deceit: Why Rational Egoism Cannot Make Us Moral; 2.1 Human Cooperation and Evolutionary Altruism
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Social Preferences Versus Selfish Cooperation2.3 Selfishness and Deceit; 2.4 A Theory of Morality as Disguised Selfishness; 2.5 Cooperation in a World of Selfish Agents; 2.6 Fallible Mind Reading Makes Our Value System Emerge; References; Chapter 3: Two Problems of Cooperation; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 What Is Cooperation?; 3.3 The Descriptive Problem; 3.4 The Normative Problem; 3.5 Connecting the Descriptive and the Normative; 3.6 Implications of the Convergence; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: The Importance of Commitment for Morality: How Harry Frankfurt's Concept of Care Contributes to Rational Choice Theory4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Puzzling Distance Between Morality and Economics; 4.3 Rational Choice Theory and Its Limitations; 4.4 Sen's Concept of Commitment and Beyond; 4.5 Sen's Concept of Meta-rankings; 4.6 Frankfurt on Autonomy and Rationality; A Matter of Caring (Not Desiring Alone); 4.7 Care and Morality: Opportunities for RCT; 4.8 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 5: Quantified Coherence of Moral Beliefs as Predictive Factor for Moral Agency
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Coherence - From an Intuition to a Quantified Concept5.2 Coherence in Psychology; 5.3 The Suggestion of Paul Thagard; 5.4 Our Definition of Coherence; 5.5 Comparison to the Proposal of Thagard; 5.6 Outlining the (Possible) Causal Role of Coherence; 5.7 Coherence Types of Moral Belief Systems; 5.8 Conclusion; Appendix: Exposition of the Measure and Operationalization; References; Part II: Morality and the Continuity Between Human and Nonhuman Primates; Chapter 6: Animal Morality and Human Morality; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Definition of Morality; 6.3 Clusters of Moral Behaviour
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4 Empathy, Concern for Others, and Helping Behaviour6.5 Behavioural Regularities and Norms; 6.6 Guidance by Norms in Human Morality; 6.7 Motivation by Moral Norms; 6.8 Disapproval and Punishment; 6.9 Animal Morality and Human Morality; 6.10 Animal Ethics and Animal Morality; 6.11 Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: Two Kinds of Moral Competence: Moral Agent, Moral Judge; 7.1 What Makes Us Moral? And the Continuism/ Discontinuism Debate; 7.2 The Epistemic Argument Against the Moral Agency/Moral Judgment Dissociation; 7.2.1 The Epistemic Conditions for Moral Responsibility
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2.2 Moral Knowledge and Acting for Good Reasons
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765375
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 762 p. 17 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Kampourakis, Kostas The Philosophy of Biology
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: This book brings together for the first time philosophers of biology to write about some of the most central concepts and issues in their field from the perspective of biology education. The chapters of the book cover a variety of topics ranging from traditional ones, such as biological explanation, biology and religion or biology and ethics, to contemporary ones, such as genomics, systems biology or evolutionary developmental biology. Each of the 30 chapters covers the respective philosophical literature in detail and makes specific suggestions for biology education. The aim of this book is to inform biology educators, undergraduate and graduate students in biology and related fields, students in teacher training programs, and curriculum developers about the current state of discussion on the major topics in the philosophy of biology and its implications for teaching biology. In addition, the book can be valuable to philosophers of biology as an introductory text in undergraduate and graduate courses
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Contents; Contributors; Philosophy of Biology and Biology Education: An Introduction; 1 Prolegomena: The Rationale and Aims of this Book; 2 The Science of Life; 3 The Nature of Evolutionary Theory; 4 Evolutionary Theory and Religion; 5 Evolution at the Molecular Level; 6 Evolution and Development; 7 Integrating Levels: Taking Ecology and Microbiology Seriously into Account; 8 Conceptual Obstacles to Understanding Evolution: Essentialism and Teleology; 9 "Proximate" Phenomena: Functions, Mechanisms, Information and the Systemic Approach in Biology
    Description / Table of Contents: 10 Genetics: Beyond Mendel and Genetic Determinism11 Biology and Ethics; What Is Life?; 1 Introduction; 2 Concepts and Definitions: From Philosophy to Science; 3 Limitations of Our Current Understanding of Life; 4 Searching for Alternative Forms of Life; 5 Conclusion; References; Biological Explanation; 1 Introduction; 2 Biology and Philosophical Accounts of Explanation; 3 Explanation and Scientific Practice; 4 Conclusion: Teaching About Biological Explanation; 4.1 Suggestion 1: Do Not Overly Emphasize Laws When Thinking About Biology Explanations
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Suggestion 2: Explicitly Motivate Forms of Explanation That Are Common in Biology4.3 Suggestion 3: Resist the Temptation to Simplify the Diversity of Approaches in Biology and Their Apparent Incompatibility; 4.4 Suggestion 4: Explicitly Consider the Role of Models-Partial, Unrealistic Representation; 4.5 Suggestion 5: Emphasize Methodological Differences Over Seemingly Ideological Differences; Teach That a Plurality of Approaches Is Here to Stay; References; What Would Natural Laws in the Life Sciences Be?; 1 Introduction; 2 Laws of Nature: The Standard Picture
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 The Problem of Exceptions4 The Problem of Accidentalness; 5 Evolutionary Accidents as Laws of Certain Fields of Biology; 6 Conclusion; References; The Nature of Evolutionary Biology: At the Borderlands Between Historical and Experimental Science; 1 On the Scientific Status of Evolutionary Theory; 2 The Fisher-Wright Debates and the Importance of Stochastic Events in Evolution; 3 Gould and the Project for a Nomothetic Evolutionary Biology; 4 The Modern Study of Chance vs. Necessity; 5 The Philosophical Context: Cleland's Analysis
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Conclusion: Chance and Necessity Within the Extended SynthesisReferences; Evolutionary Theory and the Epistemology of Science; 1 Introduction; 2 Epistemological Background; 2.1 The Traditional Account of Knowledge; 2.2 Evidence and Knowledge; 3 Objections to Evolutionary Theory; 3.1 Evolution Is a Mere Theory; 3.2 Evolution Is not Falsifiable; 3.3 Evolution Makes no Predictions; 3.4 Evolution Has Been Falsified; 4 The Evidence for Evolution; 5 Conclusions; References; Conceptual Change and the Rhetoric of Evolutionary Theory: 'Force Talk' as a Case Study and Challenge for Science Pedagogy
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Conceptual Schemes and Darwin's Interacting Metaphors
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Michael Ruse -- Philosophy of Biology and Biology Education: An Introduction; Kostas Kampourakis -- What is life?; Carol Cleland and Michael Zerella -- Biological Explanation; Angela Potochnik -- What would Natural Laws in the Life Sciences be?;  Marc Lange -- The Nature of Evolutionary Biology: at the borderlands between Historical and Experimental Science; Massimo Pigliucci -- Evolutionary Theory and the Epistemology of Science; Kevin McCain & Brad Weslake -- Conceptual Change and the Rhetoric of Evolutionary Theory: ‘Force Talk’ as a case study and Challenge for Science Pedagogy; David Depew -- Debating the Power and Scope of Adaptation; Patrick Forber -- Biology and Religion: The Case for Evolution, Francisco Ayala -- The Implications of Evolutionary Biology for Religious Belief; Denis Alexander -- Intelligent Design and the Nature of Science: Philosophical and Pedagogical Points, Ingo Brigandt -- Molecular Evolution, Michael Dietrich -- Educational Lessons from Evolutionary Properties of the Sexual Genome; John Avise -- Non-genetic Inheritance and Evolution; Tobias Uller -- Homology, Alessandro Minelli & Giuseppe Fusco -- Teaching Evolutionary Developmental Biology: Concepts, Problems and Controversy; Alan Love -- Philosophical Issues in Ecology, James Justus -- Small Things, Big Consequences: Microbiological Perspectives on Biology; Michael J. Duncan, Pierrick Bourrat, Jennifer DeBerardinis, & Maureen O’ Malley -- Essentialism in Biology; John Wilkins -- Biological Teleology: the Need for History; James Lennox & Kostas Kampourakis -- Biology's Functional Perspective: Roles, Advantages and Organization; Arno Wouters -- Understanding Biological Mechanisms: Using Illustrations from Circadian Rhythm Research; William Bechtel -- Information in the Biological Sciences; Alfredo Marcos and Robert Arp -- Systems Biology and Education; Pierre Alain Braillard -- Putting Mendel in His Place: How Curriculum Reform in Genetics and Counterfactual History of Science Can Work Together; Annie Jamieson & Gregory Radick -- Against “Genes For”: Could an Inclusive Concept of Genetic Material Effectively Replace Gene Concepts?; Richard Burian & Kostas Kampourakis -- Current Thinking about Nature and Nurture, David Moore -- Genomics and Society: Why “Discovery” Matters; Lisa Gannett -- Philosophical Issues in Human Pluripotent Stem Cell Research; Andrew Siegel -- Ethics in Biomedical Research and Practice; Anya Plutynski -- Environmental Ethics; Roberta Millstein.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781461480273
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 336 p. 141 illus., 87 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Monumentality in later prehistory
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology
    Abstract: This volume provides the results of a 30-year excavation, reconstruction, and public interpretation campaign at the late prehistoric inland promontory settlement of Castell Henllys, here focusing on the defensive sequence and the role of monumentality in later prehistory. The site has international significance because of the extensive excavations of the Iron Age palisaded settlement and later earthen ramparts, complex gateway, and chevaux-de-frise of upright stones. It is now widely recognised that the Iron Age consisted of many regional cultural traditions, and the excavations at Castell Henllys provide a vital contrast to the well-known large hillfort communities in other parts of England and Wales as well as across Europe. As such, it is a unique window into a widespread but largely ignored site category and form of social and economic organisation. The publication will provide a case study for the construction and use of the earthworks of a major European late prehistoric settlement type - the Iron Age hillfort; the monumental construction is compared with other communal investments such as the Mississippian mounds. It will also offer an innovative form of site reporting, including alternative interpretations of the earthworks as either military defences or the community-binding symbols. Along with Excavation, Experiment, and Heritage Interpretation: Castell Henllys Hillfort Then and Now, these books will be required reading by those studying the late prehistoric archaeology of Britain and Europe at advanced undergraduate and postgraduate level, and by those in North America studying complex societies, monumentality, and ways of writing archaeology
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1- Enclosure and Monumentality: Hillforts in British and European Late PrehistoryChapter 2- Castell Henllys in its Temporal, Cultural and Intellectual Contexts -- Chapter 3 - The Palisade and Entrance -- Chapter 4- The Interior: Roundhouses, Scoops and Activity Areas -- Chapter 5- A Boundary In Stones: The Chevaux-De-Frise -- Chapter 6- The Palisaded Settlement: Its Size, Character and Environmental Impact -- Chapter 7- Previous Research on Hillfort Ramparts and Ditches -- Chapter 8- Ramparts and Ditches on the Western Side of the Fort -- Chapter 9- The Building of a Rampart: Stratigraphy and Action Unpicked -- Chapter 10- Encircling the Promontory -- Chapter 11-Ramparts and Ditches: Evidence and Inference -- Chapter 12- Crossing Thresholds: Entrances in Stone -- Chapter 13- Crossing Thresholds: From Monumental to Non-Monumental -- Chapter14- An Epilogue: The Late Roman or post-Roman refurbishment -- Chapter 15- Context, Function, Meaning.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    ISBN: 9789400751736 , 1283935961 , 9781283935968
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 182 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Brain and Mind 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Irvine, Elizabeth Consciousness as a scientific concept
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Psychological tests and testing ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Psychological tests and testing ; Consciousness physiology ; Consciousness ; Bewusstsein ; Philosophie ; Naturwissenschaften ; Bewusstsein ; Philosophie ; Naturwissenschaften
    Abstract: The source of endless speculation and public curiosity, our scientific quest for the origins of human consciousness has expanded along with the technical capabilities of science itself and remains one of the key topics able to fire public as much as academic interest. Yet many problematic issues, identified in this important new book, remain unresolved. Focusing on a series of methodological difficulties swirling around consciousness research, the contributors to this volume suggest that ‘consciousness’ is, in fact, not a wholly viable scientific concept. Supporting this ‘eliminativist‘ stance are assessments of the current theories and methods of consciousness science in their own terms, as well as applications of good scientific practice criteria from the philosophy of science. For example, the work identifies the central problem of the misuse of qualitative difference and dissociation paradigms, often deployed to identify measures of consciousness. It also examines the difficulties that attend the wide range of experimental protocols used to operationalise consciousness-and the implications this has on the findings of integrative approaches across behavioural and neurophysiological research. The work also explores the significant mismatch between the common intuitions about the content of consciousness, that motivate much of the current science, and the actual properties of the neural processes underlying sensory and cognitive phenomena. Even as it makes the negative eliminativist case, the strong empirical grounding in this volume also allows positive characterisations to be made about the products of the current science of consciousness, facilitating a re-identification of target phenomena and valid research questions for the mind sciences.​
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: The Science of Consciousness -- 2. Subjective Measures of Consciousness -- 3. Measures of Consciousness and the Method of Qualitative Differences -- 4. Dissociations and Consciousness -- 5. Converging on Consciousness -- 6. Mechanisms of Consciousness and Scientific Kinds -- 7. Content-Matching: The case of Sensory memory and phenomenal consciousness -- 8. Content-Matching: The contents of what? -- 9. Scientific Eliminativism: Why there can be no Science of Consciousness -- 10. Conclusion -- Appendix: Dice Game -- ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400714946
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 1582 p. eReference, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Lütge, Christoph, 1969 - Handbook of the Philosophical Foundations of Business Ethics
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Economics ; Philosophy (General) ; Law—Philosophy. ; Law—History. ; Philosophy (General) ; Economics ; Ethics ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Business ; Management science. ; Law ; Law ; Wirtschaftsethik ; Unternehmensethik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: Aristotelian Foundations of Business Ethics -- Scholastic Thought and Business Ethics -- Morality and Self-Interest I: Hume, Smith and the Scottish Enlightenment -- Morality and Self-Interest II: Contemporary Perspectives -- Kantian and Hegelian Thoughts on Business Ethics -- Marxist Thoughts on Business Ethics -- Contemporary Continental Philosophy and Business Ethics -- Christian Foundations of Business Ethics -- Jewish Foundations of Business Ethics -- Islamic Foundations of Business Ethics -- Eastern Cultural, Philosophical and Religious Foundations of Business Ethics -- Discourse Ethics and Business -- Contractarianism -- Sen’s “Capabilities”, Poverty and Economic Welfare -- Human Rights, Globalization and Business Ethics -- Gender Issues and Business Ethics -- Justice and Business Ethics -- Philosophical Issues of Sustainability and the Environment -- Free Markets, Morality and Business Ethics -- Property Rights: Material and Intellectual -- Philosophical Issues of Management and Corporations -- Methodology and Business Ethics
    Abstract: The Handbook of Business Ethics: Philosophical Foundations is a standard interdisciplinary reference handbook in the field of business ethics. Articles by notable philosophers and economists examine fundamental concepts, theories and questions of business ethics: Are morality and self-interest compatible? What is meant by a just price? What did the Scholastic philosophers think about business? The handbook will cover the entire philosophical basis of business ethics. Articles range from historical positions such as Aristotelianism, Kantianism and Marxism to systematic issues like justice, religious issues, rights and globalisation or gender. The book is intended as a reference work for academics, students (esp. graduate), and professionals
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    ISBN: 9789400748019
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 358 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Phenomenology and the human positioning in the cosmos
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Metaphysics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Metaphysics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Konferenzschrift 2011 ; Phänomenologie ; Weltall ; Natur
    Abstract: The classic conception of human transcendental consciousness assumes its self-supporting existential status within the horizon of life-world, nature and earth. Yet this assumed absoluteness does not entail the nature of its powers, neither their constitutive force. This latter call for an existential source reaching beyond the generative life-world network. Transcendental consciousness, having lost its absolute status (its point of reference) it is the role of the logos to lay down the harmonious positioning in the cosmic sphere of the all, establishing an original foundation of phenomenology in the primogenital ontopoiesis of life
    Description / Table of Contents: PHENOMENOLOGY AND THE HUMAN POSITIONING IN THE COSMOS; Acknowledgements; Contents; Cosmo-Transcendental Positioning of the Living Being in the Universe in Anna-Teresa Tymieniecka's New Enlightenment; Part I; Cosmos, the Meaningful Construct; Cosmos, a Design with Meaning: Plato; Will, a Natural Power: Epicurus; Meaning and Value in Modern Science; Competing Concepts of the Cosmos in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries; Humanists, Classical Revival and the Hermetic Tradition; Bacon, the Paracelsans and the Organic Tradition; Descartes and the Mechanical Tradition
    Description / Table of Contents: Henry More, Anne Conway and KabbalahCosmos and Scientific Practices in Ancient Greek and Ancient Chinese Thought: A Comparative Interpretation; Ch'i and Li Versus Conflicting Forces and Laws; Ch'i and Li; A Comparative Interpretation; Part II; Apel's Project of Cognitive Anthropology for Non-Western World and a Supplement of Muslim Proposal; Apel's Cognitive Anthropology; Ahistoricality of Meanings and the Islamic-Hermeneutic Reflexivity; Conclusion; El Horizonte Rítmico Del Lenguaje (Trasfondo Fenomenológico En Las Coplas De Jorge Manrique); Kinds of Guise Bundles
    Description / Table of Contents: Towards a Rough Doctrine of Guise-Bundle CategoriesBibliography; Enmeshed Experience in Architecture: Understanding the Affordances of the Old Galata Bridge in Istanbul; Introduction; Interpretive Framework for Enmeshed Experience; Understanding the Affordances of Istanbul and the Old Galata Bridge; Concluding Remarks; References; Part III; Plato on Return to the Nature; Bibliography; Nature's Value and Nature's Future; Towards the Wholes (Holism); Nature's Future; Anna-Teresa Tymieniecka's Views and Environmental Ethics; References
    Description / Table of Contents: (Mis)Triangulated Human Positioning in the Cosmos: (Un)Covering the (Meta) Physical Identity of Agents of Good and Evil in Head and SilkoReferences; Beyond the Human-Nature Dualism: Towards a Concept of Nature as Part of the Life-World; Introduction; Settling the Dualism: Descartes' Dream; Husserl's Criticism: How a Dream Became a Crisis; Beyond the Divide; Conclusion; References; Metaphysics and the Concept of World in Rudolph Carnap and Moritz Schlick; Construction Theory and the Elementarerlebnisse; The Physical Account Provided in Weltbegriff and the Psychical Dimension
    Description / Table of Contents: About the Experience and Objectivity of Factual "States of Affairs"Part IV; Nature: Sealing the Humanness. Applying Phenomenology of Life to a Romanian Artistic Work; References; The Path of Truth: From Absolute to Reality, from Point to Circle; Introduction; The Point According to Medieval Eastern and Western Thinkers; The Creation Process from the Absolute to the Relative; The Process of Cognition - From the Point to the Circle; Conclusion; References; Newton's Phenomena and Malay Cosmology: A Comparative Perspective; Introduction; Newton's Cosmology; Malay Cosmology; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Peering Through the Keyhole (The Phenomenology and Ontology of Cyberspace in Contemporary Societies)
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION -- Cosmo-Transcendental Positioning of the Living Being in the Universe in Anna-Teresa Tymieniecka’s New Enlightenment; Jadwiga S. Smith -- SECTION I -- Cosmos, the Meaningful Construct; Halil Turan -- Competing Conceptions of the Cosmos in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries; Oliver W. Holmes -- Call of Philosophising as “Dichten”: Writing-Voicing-Listening-Reciting in Pace with the Rhyming Pulse of Cosmos as Tota Simulteitas; Erkut Sezgin -- "Cosmos" and Scientific Practices in Ancient Greek and Ancient Chinese Thought: A Comparative Interpretation; Sinan Kadir Celik -- SECTION 2 -- Apel's Project of Cognitive Anthropology for Non-Western World and a Supplement of Muslim Proposal; Abdul Rahim Afaki -- The Rhythmic Horizon of Language (Phenomenological Foundations of Jorge Manrique’s Coplas); Antonio Dominguez Rey -- A Subjectivist Inquiry Concerning Intrinsic Value in Environmental Ethics; Ayhan Sol and Selma Aydin Bayram -- Kinds of Guise Bundles; Semiha Akinci -- Enmeshed Experience in Architecture: Understanding the Affordances of the Old Galata Bridge in Istanbul; Semra Aydinly -- SECTION III -- Plato on Return to the Nature; Olena Shkubulyani -- Nature’s Value and Nature’s Future; Leszek Pyra -- (Mis)Triangulated Human Positioning in the Cosmos: (Un)Covering the (Meta)Physical Identity of Agents of Good and Evil in Head and Silko; Imafedia Okhamafe -- Beyond the Human-Nature Dualism.  Towards a Concept of Nature as Part of the Life-World; Karen Francois -- Metaphysics and the Concept of World in Rudolph Carnap and Moritz Schlick; Giuseppina Sgueglia -- SECTION IV -- Nature, Sealing the Humanness.  Applying Phenomenology of Life to a Romanian Artistic Work Carmen Cozma -- The Path of Truth: from Absolute to Reality, from Point to Circle; Konul Bunyadzade -- Newton's Phenomena and Malay Cosmology: A Comparative Perspective; A.L. Samian -- Peering Through the Keyhole (The Phenomenology and Ontology of Cyberspace in Contemporary Societies); J.C. Couceiro-Bueno -- SECTION V -- Reason and as the Frames and Partitions of the Temple of Life; Salahaddin Khalilov -- Direct Intuition: Strategies of Knowledge in the Phenomenology of Life, with Reference to the Philosophy of Illumination; Olga Louchakova-Schwartz -- What the Lake Said.  Amiel's New Phenomenology and Nature; Daria Gosek -- How Can Sisyphus be Happy with His Fate?; Sibel Oktar -- ADMINISTRATIVE APPENDIX -- Introducing Letter from Daniela Verducci Upon Her Inauguration as Vice-President of the World Phenomenology Institute (June 28, 2011); Daniela Verducci.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    ISBN: 9789400753358 , 1283945002 , 9781283945004
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 229 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Library of Ethics and Applied Philosophy 30
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; medicine Philosophy ; Public health ; Medicine ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; medicine Philosophy ; Public health ; Medicine
    Abstract: In this book, an international group of philosophers, economists and theologians focus on the relationship between justice, luck and responsibility in health care. Together, they offer a thorough reflection on questions such as: How should we understand justice in health care? Why are health care interests so important that they deserve special protection? How should we value health? What are its functions and do these make it different from other goods? Furthermore, how much equality should there be? Which inequalities in health and health care are unfair and which are simply unfortunate? Which matters of health care belong to the domain of justice, and which to the domain of charity? And to what extent should we allow personal responsibility to play a role in allocating health care services and resources, or in distributing the costs? With this book, the editors meet a double objective. First, they provide a comprehensive philosophical framework for understanding the concepts of justice, luck and responsibility in contemporary health care; and secondly, they explore whether these concepts have practical force to guide normative discussions in specific contexts of health care such as prevention of infectious diseases or in matters of reproductive technology. Particular and extensive attention is paid to issues regarding end-of-life care.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Philosophy of health and health care -- pt. 2. Ethics of end-of-life care.
    Description / Table of Contents: General Introduction -- Justice and Responsibility in Health Care - An Introduction; Yvonne Denier, Chris Gastmans & Antoon Vandevelde -- Part 1: Philosophy of Health and Health Care Injustice and Inequality in Health and Health Care; Daniel M. Hausman -- Affirmative Action in Health; Shlomi Segall -- On Justice, Luck and Moral Responsibility Concerning Prenatal Genetic Diagnosis; Yvonne Denier -- Mutual Moral Obligations in the Prevention of Infectious Diseases; Jeroen Luyten -- Justice and Responsibility in Health, Care General Discussion and Conclusions of Part 1; Antoon Vandevelde -- Part 2: Ethics of End-of-Life Care; Is There a Duty to Die in Europe? If Not Now, When?; John Hardwig -- The Duty to Care. Democratic Equality and Responsibility for End-of-Life Health Care; Martin Gunderson -- Dignity Enhancing Care for Persons with Dementia and its Application to Advance Euthanasia Directives; Chris Gastmans -- The Authority of Advance Directives; Govert den Hartogh -- The Wreckage of Our Flesh. Dementia, Autonomy and Personhood; Thomas Nys -- On the Sacred Character of Human Life and Death; General Discussion and Conclusions of Part 2; Herman De Dijn -- Epilogue -- How to Move Forward?; Paul Schotsmans. Index. .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753044
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 243 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 363
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Functions
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Metaphysics ; Science Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; Anthropology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Metaphysics ; Science Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; Anthropology ; Teleology ; Causation ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Funktion ; Wissenschaft
    Abstract: This volume handles in various perspectives the concept of function and the nature of functional explanations, topics much discussed since two major and conflicting accounts have been raised by Larry Wright and Robert Cummins’s papers in the 1970s. Here, both Wright’s ‘etiological theory of functions’ and Cummins’s ‘systemic’ conception of functions are refined and elaborated in the light of current scientific practice, with papers showing how the ‘etiological’ theory faces several objections and may in reply be revisited, while its counterpart became ever more sophisticated, as researchers discovered fresh applications for it. Relying on a firm knowledge of the original positions and debates, this volume presents cutting-edge research evincing the complexities that today pertain in function theory in various sciences. Alongside original papers from authors central to the controversy, work by emerging researchers taking novel perspectives will add to the potential avenues to be followed in the future. Not only does the book adopt no a priori assumptions about the scope of functional explanations, it also incorporates material from several very different scientific domains, e.g. neurosciences, ecology, or technology. In general, functions are implemented in mechanisms; and functional explanations in biology have often an essential relation with natural selection. These two basic claims set the stage for this book’s coverage of investigations concerning both ‘functional’ explanations, and the ‘metaphysics’ of functions. It casts new light on these claims, by testing them through their confrontation with scientific developments in biology, psychology, and recent developments concerning the metaphysics of realization. Rather than debating a single theory of functions, this book presents the richness of philosophical issues raised by functional discourse throughout the various sciences.​
    Description / Table of Contents: Functions: selection and mechanisms; Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; 1 The Theories of Function and the Current Issues; 2 Position and Structure of This Book; 3 Contributions in Detail; References; Part I: Biological Functions and Functional Explanations: Genes, Cells, Organisms and Ecosystems - Functions, Organization and Development in Life Sciences; Evolution and the Stability of Functional Architectures; 1 A Concept of Function; 2 A General Form for Attributions of Function and Some of Its Consequences; 3 Small Mutations as the Raw Material for Changes in Functional Organization
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Generative Entrenchment and the Stability of Deep Functions5 Multiple Realization, Stability, Robustness, and Evolvability; 6 Deep Function and the Limitations of a Selectionist Account of Function; 7 Two Modes of Descriptive Abstraction for Function; 8 Conclusion; References; Mechanism, Emergence, and Miscibility: The Autonomy of Evo-Devo; 1 Mechanism; 2 Emergence; 2.1 Ontological Versus Explanatory Emergence; 2.2 Invariance and Explanation; 2.3 Completeness and Complementarity; 2.4 Autonomy; 2.5 Downward Explanation; 3 Miscibility; 4 The Autonomy of Evo-Devo
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Two Conceptions of Adaptive Evolution4.2 Emergent Explanation in Evo-Devo; 5 Conclusion; References; Does Oxygen Have a Function, or Where Should the Regress of Functional Ascriptions Stop in Biology?; 1 Introduction; 2 Theories of Function: Three Families; 3 Functions and Levels of Organization; 4 Can Elementary Molecules Have a Function?; 5 Organisms and Above; 6 Conclusion; References; Part II: Biological Functions and Functional Explanations: Genes, Cells, Organisms and Ecosystems - Functional Pluralism for Biologists?
    Description / Table of Contents: How Ecosystem Evolution Strengthens the Case for Functional Pluralism1 Introduction; 2 Diversity Rules; 3 Looking Ahead; 4 Conclusion; References; A General Case for Functional Pluralism; 1 Mountain Geology; 2 The Analogous Situation in Biology; 3 Form, History, and Function; 4 Conclusion; References; Weak Realism in the Etiological Theory of Functions; 1 The Etiological Theory as a Realist Theory of Functions and Its Requisites; 2 The Weaknesses of SE; 2.1 Logical-Type Problem; 2.2 Problem of the Bundle of Effects; 3 Establish and Explain Functions; 3.1 Functional Organisation Schema
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Design Counterfactual Analysis3.2.1 The Simple Case; 3.2.2 More Complicated Cases; 3.3 The Comparative Method; 3.4 Confronting Methods; 3.4.1 Divergent Results and Selection; 3.4.2 Etiological Theory?; 4 Conclusion; References; Part III: Psychology, Philosophy of Mind and Technology: Functions in a Man's World - Metaphysics, Function and Philosophy of Mind; Functions and Mechanisms: A Perspectivalist View; 1 Introduction; 2 What Makes a Neurotransmitter a Neurotransmitter?; 3 Mechanisms; 4 Levels of Mechanisms; 5 Explanation: The Mechanist's Stance
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Etiological Explanation and Adaptational Functions
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- Section I. Biological functions and functional explanations: genes, cells, organisms and ecosystems -- Part 1.A. Functions, organization and development in life sciences -- Chapter 1. William C. Wimsatt. Evolution and the Stability of Functional Architectures -- Chapter 2. Denis M. Walsh. Teleological Emergence: The Autonomy of Evo-Devo -- Chapter 3. Jean Gayon. Does oxygen have a function, or: where should the regress of biological functions stop? -- Part 1.B. Functional pluralism for biologists? Chapter 4. Frédéric Bouchard. How ecosystem evolution strengthens the case for functional pluralism -- Chapter 5. Robert N. Brandon. A general case for functional pluralism -- Chapter 6. Philippe Huneman. Weak realism in the etiological theory of functions -- Section 2. Section II. Psychology, philosophy of mind and technology: Functions in a man’s world -- Part 2.A. 2A. Metaphysics, function and philosophy of mind -- Chapter 7. Carl Craver. Functions and Mechanisms in Contemporary Neuroscience -- Chapter 8. Carl Gillett. Understanding the sciences through the fog of ‘functionalism(s).’ -- 2.B. Philosophy of technology , design and functions -- Chapter 9. Françoise Longy. Artifacts and Organisms: A Case for a New Etiological Theory of Functions -- Chapter 10. Pieter Vermaas and Wybo Houkes. Functions as Epistemic Highlighters: An Engineering Account of Technical, Biological and Other Functions -- Epilogue -- Larry Wright. Revising teleological explanations: reflections three decades on.     ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    ISBN: 9789400744820 , 1283612305 , 9781283612302
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 272 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Global Justice 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Pulcini, Elena, 1950 - 2021 Care of the world
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Political science Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Political science Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Globalization ; Globalisierung ; Soziale Verantwortung ; Furcht ; Philosophie ; Globalisierung ; Soziale Verantwortung ; Furcht ; Philosophie
    Abstract: This book proposes a philosophy of care in a global age. It discusses the distinguishing and opposing pathologies produced by globalization: unlimited individualism or self-obsession, manifested as (Promethean) omnipotence and (narcissistic) indifference, and endogamous communitarianism or an us-obsession that results in conflict and violence. The polarization between a lack and an excess of pathos is reflected in the distorted forms taken on by fear. The book advocates a metamorphosis of fear, which may restore in the subject an awareness of vulnerability and become the precondition for moral action. Such awareness and the recognition of the condition of contamination caused by the others unavoidable presence teach us to fear for rather than be afraid of. Fear for the world means care of the world, and care, understood as concern and solicitude, is a new notion of responsibility, in which the stress is shifted to a relational subject capable of responding to and taking care of the other. From a global perspective, the proposed vision of care also compels us to explore a new paradigm of justice.
    Description / Table of Contents: Care of the World; Translator's Note; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: The Ambivalence of Globalization; 1.1 Global Unification and Local Fragmentation; 1.2 Self- and Us-Obsession; 1.3 Absence and Excess of Pathos; 1.4 For a Relational Subject; 1.4.1 Addition to the English Edition; Part I: Pathologies of the Global Age: Unlimited Individualism, EndogamousCommunitarianism; Chapter 2: Unlimited Individualism; 2.1 Prometheus and Narcissus; 2.2 Between Unlimitedness and Insecurity; 2.2.1 The Spectator Self; 2.2.2 The Consumer Self; 2.2.3 The Creator Self (homo creator)
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Endogamous Communitarianism3.1 The Need for Community in Modernity; 3.2 The Need for Community in the Global Age; 3.2.1 As the Response to Unlimited Individualism; 3.2.2 As the Response to Exclusion; 3.3 Struggles for Recognition: Identity and Difference; 3.4 Immunitarian Communities; 3.4.1 The Us-Them Contrast; 3.4.2 Communities without Solidarity; 3.4.3 The Split between Individualism and Communitarianism; Part II: Pathologies of Feeling: The Metamorphosis of Fear in the Global Age; Chapter 4: Modernity and Fear; 4.1 A Desirable Passion; 4.2 Reciprocal Fear; 4.3 Productive Fear
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Risk Society: From Fear to Anxiety?5.1 In the Face of Global Risks; 5.2 Fear of the Other; 5.3 Fear, Anxiety and Global Fear; Chapter 6: Spectators and Victims: Between Denial and Projection; 6.1 Global Risks and Absence of Fear; 6.2 Denial and Self-Deception; 6.3 Spectators and Victims; 6.4 Projection of Fear and the Scapegoat's Ineffectiveness; Part III: Responsibility and Care of the World; Chapter 7: Actors: Relearning to Fear; 7.1 Vulnerable Humanity; 7.2 A 'Loving Fear': 33 Fear and Imagination; 7.2.1 Reawakening Productive Fear; 7.2.2 Fear for the World
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.3 From Fear of the Other to Contamination: Towards Solidaristic Recognition7.3.1 The Challenge of Difference; Chapter 8: From Fear to Care; 8.1 Responsibility For; 8.2 'Responsibility for' and the Vulnerable Subject; 8.3 Global Vulnerability; 8.4 Responsibility as Care; Chapter 9: A World in Common; 9.1 Creating a World; 9.2 Plural Worlds; Part IV: Care and Justice; Chapter 10: Care and Justice: The Perspective of the Passions; 10.1 Care Versus Justice?; 10.1.1 Care Ethics and the Critique of the Theory of Justice; 10.1.2 The Affective Dimension of Justice
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.1.3 Compassion as a Motivation for Justice10.2 The Passions of Justice; 10.2.1 The Experience of Injustice; 10.2.2 Envy or Indignation?; 10.3 Beyond Justice: Care and Love; Bibliography; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    ISBN: 9789400715189
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 414 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H.L. van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 206
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Schütz, Alfred, 1899 - 1959 Collected papers ; 6: Literary reality and relationships
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Linguistics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Linguistics ; Literatur ; Interaktion
    Abstract: This book contains texts devoted by Alfred Schutz to the 'normative' areas of literature and ethics. It includes writings dealing with the author-reader relationship, multiple realities, the literary province of meaning, and Schutz's views on equality. Never published in English commentaries on Goethe's novel and the account of personality in the social world appear in this volume.
    Abstract: The three essays in this volume illuminate Alfred Schutz’s understanding of literature and literary relationships. The first, “Life Forms and Meaning Structures,” presents such ideal life-forms as duration, memory, the speaking ego, and the I in relation to the Thou. This essay also describes the fundamental nature of human experience, its pluralized realms, the passage of time, perspectival interpretation, action and its impediments-all concepts which make possible an understanding of literature and literary themes. The essay goes on to discuss opera, and the relationship between music and language in opera. The second essay, “The Problem of Personality in the Social World,” offers insights into the unity the social person achieves, temporality, and the role of the body and the importance of pragmatic relevances. This shows how, even before he arrived in the United States, Schutz went beyond his 1932 Phenomenology of the Social World in a pragmatic direction. This essay anticipates Schutz’s 1945 essay, “On Multiple Realities,” by discussing reality-spheres of working, phantasy, dreams, and theory. Reality-spheres are vital for understanding literature, as shown in the third essay, which translates for the first time two Goethe manuscripts produced by Schutz in 1948. The first text, on Lehrjahre, reveals Schutz actually interpreting a piece of literature, tracing the themes of art and life and fate and freedom through the text. The second, a commentary on Goethe’s Wanderjahre, presents an inchoate theory of literature. Defending Goethe’s 1829 version of the Wanderjahre novel, Schutz argues that critics miss the point that readers of literature adopt a specific kind of epoché in which they enter a reality-sphere governed by “the logic of the poetic event,” whose rules are not those of everyday life or theoretical contemplation. In sum, this volume brings out the distinctive character of literary reality and the relationships between author and reader, and invites the reader to derive a sense of how Schutz himself read literature.
    Description / Table of Contents: Editorial Introduction by Michael Barber -- Life Forms and Meaning Structures -- The Problem of Personality in the Social World” -- Two Goethe Texts: “Wilhelm Meisters Lehrjahre” (Wilhelm Meister’s Year of Apprenticeship) and “Zu Wilhelm Meisters Wanderjahren” (On Wilhelm Meister’s Years of Travel).
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    ISBN: 9789400761070
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 382 p. 29 illus., 4 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: MARE Publication Series 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Wildlife management ; Marine Sciences ; Humanities ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Wildlife management ; Marine Sciences ; Humanities ; Fischerei ; Governance
    Abstract: Following in the footsteps of the book Fish for Life - Interactive Governance for Fisheries (Kooiman et al., 2005), and the interdisciplinary approach it presents, this volume illustrates the contribution of interactive governance theory to understanding core fisheries and aquaculture challenges. These challenges are invariably linked to broader concerns such as ecosystem health, social justice, sustainable livelihoods and food security. The central concept in this perspective is governability - the varied capacity to govern fisheries and aquaculture systems sustainably. Many of these systems are characterized by problems that are inherently 'wicked' and therefore difficult to address. The authors of this edited volume argue that responses to such problems must consider context; specifically the character of the fisheries and aquaculture systems themselves, their institutional conditions, and the internal and external interactions that affect them. Drawing on a diverse set of international experiences, the volume offers a new lens and systematic approach to analysing the nature of governance problems and opportunities in fisheries and aquaculture, exploring pressing challenges and identifying potential solutions. ”It now seems clear that the crisis in the world’s fisheries [is] a much larger and more complex problem than many had imagined. Yet, examining it through the lens of governability may offer the best hope for alleviating it--as well as alleviating similar crises in other social systems.” James R. McGoodwin (Professor Emeritus, University of Colorado)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781461472278
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 66 p. 13 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Psychology
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Finance ; Industrial psychology ; Psychological measurement ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Psychological tests and testing ; Angewandte Psychologie ; Test ; Kreditgewährung ; Armut ; Bekämpfung
    Abstract: This book uses newly collected data with nearly 2000 observations across Africa and Latin America of SME owner/operators to examine if psychometric tools can distinguish the good ones from the bad ones. This book fully describes the development problem and how psychometric tools can help solve it. Moreover, it presents and develops the unique statisticalmethodologies to deploy psychometric tools for credit screening. This will be the single complete publication of the work to date by the entrepreneurial finance lab, created by Klinger & Khwaja. This work started as a research project at Harvar
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword: Innovations in Poverty Reduction; This Series; This Brief; Quo Vadis?; Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: The Development Problem; Are Banks Doing Their Job?; Returns to Capital Among Small Businesses; Why Don't Banks Lend More?; Why Small- and Medium-Sized Enterprise Lending is Different; A Day in the Life of the Lender; A Day in the Life of the Borrower; Towards a Solution: Evaluate the Individual; Chapter 2: A Psychology-Enabled Solution to Small- and Medium-Sized Enterprise Finance; Psychometric Tools for Employment Selection; Psychometric Studies of Entrepreneurship
    Description / Table of Contents: PersonalityIntelligence; Integrity; Chapter 3: Methodology; Empirical Strategy: Design Overview; Sample; Outcome Measures; Procedure; Chapter 4: Results and Discussion; Identifying the Best Entrepreneurs: Regression Analysis; Overall Predictive Power; Country-Level Comparison; Overcoming Over-fitting in Small Sample Sizes; An Innovative Approach; Chapter 5: Conclusion; Implications for Practice: The Entrepreneurial Finance Lab; Implications for Future Research; References; Appendices; Appendix 1 Detailed Bayesian Specification; Appendix 2
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    ISBN: 9789400758452
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 512 p. 30 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Philosophy of Science in a European Perspective 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy
    Abstract: This volume is a serious attempt to open up the subject of European philosophy of science to real thought, and provide the structural basis for the interdisciplinary development of its specialist fields, but also to provoke reflection on the idea of ‘European philosophy of science’. This efforts should foster a contemporaneous reflection on what might be meant by philosophy of science in Europe and European philosophy of science, and how in fact awareness of it could assist philosophers interpret and motivate their research through a stronger collective identity. The overarching aim is to set the background for a collaborative project organising, systematising, and ultimately forging an identity for, European philosophy of science by creating research structures and developing research networks across Europe to promote its development
    Description / Table of Contents: Table of Contents; From the Sciences that Philosophy Has "Neglected" to the New Challenges; I; II; III; IV; Teams A and D The Philosophy of Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence; Computing with Mathematical Arguments; Abstract; 1. Interactively Formalizing Mathematical Arguments; 2. Proof-Checking Technology; 3. Problems for Formal Proofs; 3.1 Inferentialism, indeterminacy of content; 3.2 Regress; 4. What Counts As "Obvious"?; 5. Conclusion; References; Is There a Unique Physical Entropy? Micro versus Macro; Abstract; 1. Entropy in Statistical Physics; 2. Entropy in Thermodynamics
    Description / Table of Contents: 3. A Discrepancy4. The Standard "Solution": Indistinguishability of Particles of The Same Kind; 5. Permutations of "Identical" Classical Particles; 6. An Alternative "Solution": Distinguishability ofParticles of The Same Kind; 7. The Difference Between The Thermodynamic and Statistical Entropies; References; A Defence of the Principle of Information Closureagainst the Sceptical Objection; Abstract; 1. Introduction; 2. The formulation of the Principle of Information Closure; 3. The sceptical objection; 4. The defence of the principle; 5. An objection against the defence and a reply
    Description / Table of Contents: 6. Conclusion: Information closure and the logic of being informedReferences; Probabilistic Logics in Quantum Computation; Abstract; 1. Introduction; 2. Preliminary Notions; 3. Probabilistic-Type Logic for Qbits; 4. Probabilistic-Type Logic for Mixed States; 5. Connections with Fuzzy Logic; References; Quantum Observer, Information Theory and Kolmogorov Complexity; Abstract; 1. Introduction; 2. Observer In The Interpretations of Quantum Mechanics; 2.1 Observer in the Copenhagen orthodoxy; 2.2 London and Bauer; 2.3 Wigner; 2.4 Everett; 3.Information-Theoretic Definition of Observer
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Observer as a system identification algorithm3.2 Quantum and classical systems; 4. Elements of Reality; 4.1 Entropic criterion of objectivity; 4.2 Relativity of observation; 5. Experimental Test; 6. Concluding Remarks; References; Mathematical Philosophy?; Abstract; 1. Introduction; 2. Logical Analysis and Logical Explication; 3. The Dawn of Mathematics in Philosophy; 4. Recent uses of Mathematical methods in Philosophy; 5. Limitations?; 5.1 Philosophy and our conceptual world; 5.2 Models and instrumentalism; 5.3 Informal concepts and the discursive style
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4 The bounded scope of mathematical methodsReferences; The Value of Computer Science for Brain Research; Abstract; 1. Introduction; 2. Brain research and its need for analogies; 3. Computer Science as the way out of the black box; 4. Simulating the brain: The Blue Brain Project; 5. Bottom-up vs. top-down simulations: Function before structure; 6. Conclusion; On Algorithm and Robustness in a Non-standard Sense; Abstract; 1. Introducation; 2. Reverse Mathematics; 2.1. Alan Turing's machine and Recursion Theory; 2.2. Reverse Mathematics and robustness; 3. Reuniting the Antipodes
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1. The notion of finite procedure in Nonstandard Analysis
    Description / Table of Contents: Wenceslao J. Gonzalez, Preface,- Teams A and D: The Philosophy of Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence -- Jesse Alama, Reinhard Kahle, Computing with Mathematical Arguments -- Dennis Dieks, Is There a Unique Physical Entropy? Micro versus Macro -- Luciano Floridi, A Defence of the Principle of Information Closure against the Sceptical Objection -- Roberto Giuntini, Hector Freytes,  Antonio Ledda, Giuseppe Sergioli,  Probabilistic Logics in Quantum Computation -- Alexei Grinbaum, Quantum Observer, Information Theory and Kolmogorov Complexity -- Leon Horsten, Mathematical Philosophy? -- Ulriche Pompe, The Value of Computer Science for Brain Research -- Sam Sanders, On Algorithm and Robustness in a Non-standard Sense.-  Francisco C. Santos, Jorge M. Pacheco, Behavioral Dynamics under Climate Change Dilemmas -- Sonja Smets, Reasoning about Quantum Actions: A Logician's Perspective -- Leszek Wroński, Branching Space-Times and Parallel Processing -- Team B: Philosophy of Systems Biology -- Gabriele Gramelsberger, Simulation and System Understanding -- Tarja Knuuttila, Andrea Loettgers, Synthetic Biology as an Engineering Science? Analogical Reasoning, Synthetic Modeling, and Integration.- Anders Strand, Gry Oftedal, Causation and Counterfactual Dependence in Robust Biological Systems.- Melinda Bonnie Fagan, Experimenting Communities in Stem Cell Biology: Exemplars and Interdisciplinarity -- William Bechtel, From Molecules to Networks: Adoption of Systems Approaches in Circadian Rhythm Research.- Olaf Wolkenhauer, Jan-Hendrik Hofmeyr, Interdisciplinarity as both Necessity and Hurdle for Progress in the Life Sciences -- Team C: The Sciences of the Artificial vs. the Cultural and Social Sciences.- Amparo Gómez, Archaeology and Scientific Explanation: Naturalism, Interpretivism and ‘A Third Way’.- Demetris Portides, Idealization in Economics Modeling -- Ilkka Niiniluoto, On the Philosophy of Applied Social Sciences -- Arto Siitonen, The Status of Library Science: From Classification to Digitalization -- Paolo Garbolino, The Scientification of Forensic Practice -- Wenceslao J. Gonzalez, The Sciences of Design as Sciences of Complexity: The Dynamic Trait -- Subrata Dasgupta, Epistemic Complexity and the Sciences of the Artificial -- María José Arrojo, Communication Sciences as Sciences of the Artificial: The Analysis of the Digital Terrestrial Television.- Team E: The Philosophy of the Sciences that Received Philosophy of Science Neglected: Historical Perspective -- Elisabeth Nemeth, The Philosophy of the Other Austrian Economics -- Veronika Hofer, Philosophy of Biology in Early Logical Empiricism -- Julie Zahle, Participant Observation and Objectivity in Anthropology -- Jean-Marc Drouin, Three Philosophical Approaches to Entomology -- Anastasios Brenner, François Henn, Chemistry and French Philosophy of Science. A Comparison of Historical and Contemporary Views -- Cristina Chimisso, The Life Sciences and French Philosophy of Science: Georges Canguilhem on Norms -- Massimo Ferrari, Neglected History: Giulio Preti, the Italian Philosophy of Science, and the Neo-Kantian Tradition -- Thomas Mormann, Topology as an Issue for History of Philosophy of Science -- Graham Stevens, Philosophy, Linguistics, and the Philosophy of Linguistics -- PSE Symposium at EPSA 2011: New Challenges to Philosophy of Science.- Olav Gjelsvik, Philosophy as Interdisciplinary Research -- Theo Kuipers, Philosophy of Design Research -- Raffaella Campaner, Philosophy of Medicine and Model Design -- Roman Frigg, Seamus Bradley, Reason L. Machete, Leonard A. Smith, Probabilistic Forecasting: Why Model Imperfection Is a Poison Pill -- Daniel Andler, Dissensus in Science as a Fact and as a Norm. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765078
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 533 p. 11 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 33
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Psychology History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Psychology History
    Abstract: This book discusses that imagination is as important to thinking and reasoning as it is to making and acting. By reexamining our philosophical and psychological heritage, it traces a framework, a conceptual topology, that underlies the most disparate theories: a framework that presents imagination as founded in the placement of appearances. It shows how this framework was progressively developed by thinkers like Plato, Aristotle, Descartes, and Kant, and how it is reflected in more recent developments in theorists as different as Peirce, Saussure, Wittgenstein, Benjamin, and Bachelard. The conceptual topology of imagination incorporates logic, mathematics, and science as well as production, play, and art. Recognizing this topology can move us past the confusions to a unifying view of imagination for the future
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: Beginning in the Middle of Things; 1.1 Constellations of Questions About Imagination; 1.2 The Occluded-Occulted Tradition of Intelligent Imagining; References; Chapter 2: Locating Emergent Appearance; 2.1 Some Practice of Imagining, and Thoughts About It; 2.2 Psychologism, Antipsychologism, and the Persistence of the Visual Model; 2.3 Limits of the Visual Model; 2.4 Elementary and Complex Imagining; 2.5 Listening to Images; 2.6 Can Philosophers Sing?; 2.7 Simple Imagining and Beyond; References40
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Locating Imagination: The Inceptive Field Productivity and Differential Topology of Imagining (Plus What It Means to Play a Game)3.1 Hume's Blue; 3.2 From Resemblant Production to Schematized Activity in Fields; 3.3 Imagination as a Release in/of/from the Conditions of Perception; 3.4 The Repositioning of Imagination and the Problem of Reifying Consciousness; 3.5 Fields; 3.6 Imaginative Topology and Topographies; 3.7 Placing the Topological Dynamics of Imagination; 3.8 From Basketball Practice to the Biplanarity of Imagining
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.9 From the Biplanarity of Imagining to the Practice of Art3.10 Transition: Reversing the Occlusion and Occultation of Tradition; References66; Chapter 4: Plato and the Ontological Placement of Images; 4.1 Pre-Platonic Philosophy and the Emergence of the Image-Bearer; 4.2 Image-Bearers, Figures, and Images in Plato's Meno; 4.3 The Use and Abuse of Images; 4.4 Speech as Image, Reason as Imaginative, and the Platonic Ontology of Imaging; 4.5 The Multilevel Look of Things in the Republic; 4.6 The Paradoxes of Imaging; 4.7 The Ontology of Images and the Psychology of Scenario-Imagining
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.8 The Grand Image-Sequence of the Republic : From the Good Itself to the Dialectical Education of the Philosopher4.9 Singing and Hearing the logos; 4.10 Forming an Equable Icon of the Cosmos; 4.11 The Perfect Image of the Cosmos as the Goal of Dialectic; 4.12 Conclusion; References74; Chapter 5: Aristotle's phantasia : From Animal Sensation to Understanding Forms of Fields; 5.1 Aristotle's Physiologically Based Psychology of Imagination; 5.2 Placing Soul in Aristotelian Context; 5.3 Aristotle's Imagination Conventionalized; 5.4 Phantasia Beyond the Conventions
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5 The Perplexities of Imagination in On the Soul III: An Overview5.6 The Imagination of On the Soul III.3: What It Is and What It Isn't; 5.7 Imagination, Sensation, Motion; 5.8 What the Physics of Motion Implies; 5.9 From Motions of Sensation to Structures of Imagining; 5.10 What Aristotle's Definition of Imagination Means; 5.11 Is Imagination the Same as Intellect?; 5.12 Parsing the Phenomenon of Thinking; 5.13 Thinking Imagination; 5.14 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: The Dynamically Imaginative Cognition of Descartes; 6.1 Imagination After Aristotle and Before Descartes
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Descartes's Starting Point
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    ISBN: 9789400763500
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 290 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Humanities ; Ingenieurstudium ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Technikphilosophie
    Abstract: Hoping to help transform engineering into a more socially just field of practice, this book offers various perspectives and strategies while highlighting key concepts and themes that help readers understand the complex relationship between engineering education and social justice. This volume tackles topics and scopes ranging from the role of Buddhism in socially just engineering to the blinding effects of ideologies in engineering to case studies on the implications of engineered systems for social justice. This book aims to serve as a framework for interventions or strategies to make social justice more visible in engineering education and enhance scholarship in the emerging field of Engineering and Social Justice (ESJ). This creates a ‘toolbox’ for engineering educators and students to make social justice a central theme in engineering education
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Part I: Introduction to Engineering Education and Engineering for Social Justice (ESJ); Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Who Is This Book For?; 1.2 Motivations for Putting This Book Together; 1.3 Historic Convergence of Circumstances; 1.3.1 Calls for Change; 1.3.2 An (In)Visible History; 1.4 Defining Social Justice; 1.5 How This Book Approaches ESJ: Autobiographical, Historical, Philosophical, Pedagogical, Practical and Beyond; References; Part II: Where Have We Been? Where Can We Go?; Chapter 2: Engineering, Social Justice, and Peace: Strategies for Educational and Professional Reform
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Introduction2.2 Background: A Short History of ESJP; 2.3 Methods and Scope; 2.4 Educational Reform Strategies; 2.4.1 Pedagogical Initiatives; 2.4.1.1 Liberal-Education Courses; 2.4.1.2 Technical Course Modules; 2.4.1.3 Critical Learning Thresholds; 2.4.1.4 Experiential Learning; 2.4.1.5 Liberative Pedagogies; 2.4.2 Curricular Initiatives; 2.4.2.1 Structuring General Education Content; 2.4.2.2 Social and Technical Integration in Engineering Design; 2.4.3 Institutional Initiatives; 2.5 Professional Reform Strategies; 2.5.1 Networking; 2.5.2 Re-conceptualizing "Engineering"; 2.6 Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 3: Power. Systems. Engineering. Traveling Lines of Resistance in Academic Institutions; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Thermo as Usual; 3.2.1 Thermo and Gnosticism: A Tale of Two Esoteric Subjects; 3.2.2 Learning to Stay and Fight: Lessons from Social Justice; 3.3 Transformative Processes; 3.3.1 First Attempts; 3.3.2 Teaching About Power; 3.3.3 Epistemology: Teaching Material and Its Critique; 3.3.4 Book Project; 3.4 Institutional Obstacles; 3.4.1 Obstacles; 3.4.2 Students and Faculty; 3.5 How I Got Away with It (So Far); 3.6 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Part III: Conceptual Contributions to ESJChapter 4: The (Mis)Framing of Social Justice: Why Ideologies of Depoliticization and Meritocracy Hinder Engineers' Ability to Think About Social Injustices; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Cultural Ideologies in Engineering; 4.3 Depoliticization of Engineering; 4.4 The Ideology of Meritocracy; 4.5 Misframing Social Justice Issues; 4.5.1 Non-dominant and Dominant Groups Adopt These Ideologies; 4.6 The Insufficiency of One Lecture or One Essay: The Task of Reframing; 4.7 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: What Can Buddhism Offer to a Socially Just Engineering Education?5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Practice of the Six Virtues of the Bodhisattva Path; 5.2.1 Generosity; 5.2.2 Ethics; 5.2.3 Patience; 5.2.4 Perseverance; 5.2.5 Mindfulness; 5.2.6 Wisdom; 5.3 The Practice of the Six Virtues and Leadership Theory; 5.4 Three-Level Model of Leadership Based on Buddhism 12; 5.4.1 First Level: Actions to Benefit Oneself; 5.4.2 Second Level: Actions to Benefit Others; 5.4.3 Third Level: Interrelated Benefits; 5.5 Implementing the Framework in a Pre-college Engineering Case Scenario
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.1 Description of the Scenario
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    ISBN: 9789400759985
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 812 p. 6 illus., 2 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Spheres of global justice
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Medicine ; Law ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Medicine ; Law ; Weltordnung ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Globalisierung ; Politische Beteiligung ; Erde
    Abstract: Spheres of Global Justice analyzes six of the most important and controversial spheres of global justice, each concerning a specific global social good. These spheres are democratic participation, migrations, cultural minorities, economic justice, social justice, and intergenerational justice. Together they constitute two constellations dealt with, in this collection of essays by leading scholars, in two different volumes: Global Challenges to Liberal Democracy and Fair Distribution. These essays illustrate each of the spheres, delving into their differences, commonalities, collisions and interconnections. Unlike many writings on global justice, Spheres of Global Justice does not content itself with describing the painful and advantageous effects of the globalization process as being ipso facto a global injustice or a just global order. Rather, this multidisciplinary collection of essays, from a pluralist inspiration, combines empirical analysis with theoretical approaches and ethical principles, paying close attention to two aspects of the effects of the globalization process. These aspects are the causal relationships that lead to such effects and the kinds of obligations, or of normative relationships between global rights and correlative duties, that applies to each specific individual case. This volume illustrates how diverse global obligations are, and how they can be, grounded in diverse relationships (identity, ability to provide help, causal responsibility, past injustices, protection of agency and promotion of independence, etc.). These essays also demonstrate that an ethical global approach has not only international or transnational, but also domestic, local and interpersonal dimensions
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 General Introduction; Jean-Christophe Merle -- Volume 1 Global Challenges to Liberal Democracy: Political Participation, Minorities and Migrations -- Co-Editors: Luc Foisneau, Christian Hiebaum, Juan Carlos Velasco -- 2 Introduction; Luc Foisneau, Christian Hiebaum and Juan Carlos Velasco -- Part 1 Political Participation;  Co-Editor:  Christian Hiebaum -- 3 Global Democracy. Promises and Delusions; Klaus Müller -- 4 Democracy in the Age of Global Markets; Urs Marti -- 5 Bringing Democracy Back In? From local politics to global politics; Hans Vorländer -- 6 Demarchy - A Dubious Conception of Global Democracy; Christian Hiebaum -- 7 Participation in Public Debate and Ethical Division Within Nations; Emmanuel Picavet -- 8 Deliberative Democracy and the Politics of Difference; Daniel Loewe -- 9 Political Legitimacy of the EU in the Perspective of Citizens' Participation and Representation; Herman von Erp -- 10 Global Citizenship? Political Rights Under Imperial Conditions; Massimo La Torre -- Part 2 Minorities; Co-Editor: Luc Foisneau -- 11 What is 'Political' about Minority Rights?; Luc Foisneau -- 12 Walzer on Community and Emergency: the Question of Minorities; Tom Sorell -- 13 Territoriality and Transnational Citizenship; Oliviero Angeli -- 14 Minority Parties, Parties not Unlike the Others: The Case of the Democratic Alliance of Hungarians in Romania (DAHR); Antonela Capelle-Pogacean -- 15 Minority Rights and Global Justice: A Netherlands Perspective; Piet de Klerk -- 16 Integrating Cultural Concerns in the Interpretation of Traditional Individual Rights - Lessons from the International Human Rights Jurisprudence; Julie Ringelheim -- 17 Intercultural Justice. Cutting across the cultural boundaries of legal norms; Francisco Colom-Gonzalez -- 18 Cultural Defense, Hate Crimes and Equality Before the Law; Jean-Christophe Merle -- 19 On the Relationship Between Law and Morality in a National and in a Global Perspective; Paul Cobben -- 20 Cultural and Minority Rights in European Integration - Promises and Pitfalls; Francis Cheneval and Sonja Dänzer -- 21 The Recognition of New States and the Protection of Minority Rights in Yugoslavia; Richard Caplan -- 22 Cosmopolitan Justice and Minority Rights: The Case of Minority Nations (or Kant again, but different); Ferran Requejo -- Part 3 Migrations; Co-Editor: Juan Carlos Velasco -- 23 Beyond the Borders. Migration Policies, Justice and Citizenship from a Global Perspective; Juan Carlos Velasco -- 24 Migration and Global Inequalities; Francis Cheneval -- 25 To Each Their Own Place? Immigration, Justice, and Political Reflexivity; Hans Lindahl -- 26 Migration and the Division of Moral Labor; Christian Hiebaum -- 27 The Dilemmas of Control: rights, walls and identities in state policies to international migration; Ana López Sala -- 28 From Protection of the Migrant to the Rights of the Migrant Person: Free the migrant from his legal exile..; Sylvie Saroléa -- 29 Immigration and Cultural Justice: A Reflection On Human Rights Of "New" Minorities; Eduardo J. Ruiz Vieytez -- 30 Challenging Illegalization: Migrant Struggles, Political Actions and Rancière's Political Philosophy; Noelia González Cámara -- 31 The Democratic Integration of Difference: Reflections on the Paradoxes of the French Republican Model of Citizenship; Matteo Gianni -- 32 Headscarves in School Again: How republican is the 2004 law banning ostentatious religious signs from public schools?; Jean-Fabien Spitz -- Volume 2 Fair Distribution: Global Economic, Social and Intergenerational Justice; Co-Editors: Paul Cobben, Urs Marti -- 33 Introduction to Global Social Justice; Urs Marti -- Part 1Global Social Justice; Co-Editor:  Urs Marti -- 34 Social and Global Justice; Peter Koller -- 35 Global Social Justice: Whose justice, whose responsibility?; Bernd Ladwig -- 36 Human Capabilities and Global Justice; Ricardo Parellada -- 37 Social Right in a Global Economy; Urs Marti -- 38 Institutionalization of Social Justice and Constitutionalization of Socio-Economic Equality; Caroline Guibet Lafaye -- 39 Consequentialist and Nonconsequentialist Dimensions in the Ethical Evaluation of Inequality; Emmanuel Picavet.-40 The Discourse of Justice in Political, Legal and Moral Community; Peter Burgess -- 41 Which Identities are Entitled to Collective Rights?; Paul Cobben -- 42 Are WTO Sanctions Unjust?; Henri Culot -- 43 Global Justice. Imposed and Shared Risks; Véronique Munoz-Dardé -- Part 2 Global Economic Justice; Co-Editor: Paul Cobben -- 44 Introduction to Global Economic Justice; Paul Cobben -- 45 Positive Rights and Globalization of Duties; Txetxu Ausín.-  46 Global Distributions of World Resources; Caroline Guibet-Lafaye -- 47 Perfecting Imperfect Duties via Institutionalization; Markus Stepanians -- 48 Do We Have a Negative Duty Towards the Global Poor?Thomas Pogge on global justice; Roland Pierik -- 49 World poverty and the duty to aid; Johan Graafland and Mandy Bosma -- 50 The WHO Policy of Primary Health Care; Caroline Guibet Lafaye -- 51 Dancing with the Devil: A (Limited) Defence of Protectionism; Krista Nadakavukaren-Schefer -- 52 Neoliberalism and Authority Relationships; Emmanuel Picavet -- 53 Economic Citizenship Rights as Barriers to Trade? Production-related Local Justice and Business-driven Globalisation; Richard Sturn -- 54 Can Multinationals be Considered Moral Actors? Or: does business ethics make any sense?; Paul Cobben -- 55 Justice of Wages in Germany and Abroad - An Empirical Investigation; Gert Wagner, Stefan Liebig and Jürgen Schupp -- Part 3 Intergenerational Justice -- 56 Introductory Remark -- 57 Climate Justice: Past Emissions and the Present Allocation of Emission Rights; Lukas Meyer and Dominic Roser -- 58 Sustainable development as practical intragenerational and intergenerational justice: interpretations, requirements, and indicators; Paul-Marie Boulanger -- 59 On the Relevancy of the Ecological Footprint for the Study of Intergenerational Justice; Grégory Ponthière -- 60 Pension funds, sovereign-wealth funds and intergenerational justice; Alexander Cappelen and Runa Urheim.-  61 The Polluter Pays? Backward-Looking Principles of Intergenerational Justice and the Environment; Daniel Butt -- 62 Democracy and Future Generations. Should the unborn have a voice?; Ludvig Beckmann -- 63 The Preservation of Humankind as an Object of Moral Concern; Herman van Erp -- 64 About the Authors.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400767546
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 264 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Anthropology ; Consciousness ; Social Sciences ; Politische Psychologie ; Kritische Theorie
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    ISBN: 9789400755741
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 202 p. 27 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advances in Group Decision and Negotiation 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Computer science ; Culture Study and teaching ; Application software ; Computational intelligence ; Psychology ; Computer Science ; Computer science ; Social sciences Data processing ; Engineering ; Regional planning ; Philosophy (General)
    Abstract: With increasing globalization of business and science, cultural differences of the parties are an important factor that affects the process and outcomes of collaborative and self-interested interactions. The social science literature on culture, human collaboration and negotiation is mostly devoted to work within the same culture. Computer science and Artificial intelligence researchers have developed computational models of cooperation, conflict resolution and negotiation without paying a great deal of attention to identifying and modelling cultural factors. The interest in understanding inter-cultural interactions has increased substantially and has led to greater interest of social scientists and computational scientists in theoretical and experimental analysis of inter-cultural exchanges, modelling and support. The aim of this volume is to bridge the gap and bring these communities together to share research work and experiences, discuss ideas and forge interdisciplinary collaborative relations
    Description / Table of Contents: Models for Intercultural Collaboration and Negotiation; Foreword; Contents; A Formal Definition of Culture; 1 Introduction; 2 Defining Culture; 3 A Formal Definition of Culture. The Version Without States; 4 Measures for the Comparison of Cultures; 4.1 Measuring Culture as a Snapshot; 4.1.1 Culture; 4.1.2 Culture of a Group; 4.1.3 A Culture of an Individual and a Culture of a Group; 4.1.4 A Culture of a Group and a Culture of Another Group; 4.2 Example; 5 A Case Study; 5.1 Scenario Description; 5.2 Applying Our Approach; 5.3 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 A Formal Definition of Culture. The Version with States7 Related Work and Discussion; 8 Conclusions; References; Toward a Contextualized Cultural Framework; 1 Introduction; 2 Theoretical Background; 2.1 Moving Beyond the Traditional Value-Based Approach: The Consideration of Context; 3 A Contextualized Framework of Culture; 3.1 Development of a Contextualized Cultural Framework; 3.2 Internal Sources That Influence Culture; 3.2.1 Cultural Values; 3.2.2 Individualism-Collectivism; 3.2.3 Locus of Control; 3.2.4 Power Distance; 3.2.5 Masculinity-Femininity
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.6 Long-Term vs. Short Term Orientation3.3 Affective Dimensions; 3.3.1 Emotional Expressivity and Control; 3.4 Motivational Dimensions; 3.4.1 Self-Enhancement and Self-Criticism; 3.4.2 Uncertainty Reduction; 3.5 External Sources That Influence Culture; 3.5.1 Social Context; 3.5.2 Geography; 3.5.3 Language; 3.5.4 Political Context; 3.6 Types of Cross-National, Cross-Cultural Studies; 4 Measurement Issues; 5 Discussion; 6 Conclusion; References; Toward a Unified Negotiation Framework: Leveraging Strengths in Behavioral and Computational Communities; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Negotiation Research: Different Perspectives3 The Present Framework; 3.1 Utilities; 3.2 Agent-Internal States; 3.3 Agent-Internal Reasoning; 3.4 Externally-Observable Behavior and Characteristics; 4 Conclusions; References; A Model of Culture in Trading Agents; 1 Introduction; 2 Related Work; 3 Modeling Approach; 4 Research Questions; 5 Hofstede's Dimensions and Their Effects on Trade; 5.1 Masculinity Versus Femininity; 5.2 Individualism Versus Collectivism; 5.3 Power Distance; 5.4 Uncertainty Avoidance; 5.5 Long-Term Versus Short-Term Orientation
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.6 The Joint Effects of Hofstede's Dimensions5.7 Partner Selection; 5.8 Negotiation; 5.9 Opportunism and Trust; 6 Simulation Examples; 7 Conclusion; References; How Do I Trust Thee? Dynamic Trust Patterns and Their Individual and Social Contextual Determinants; 1 Introduction; 2 Phases of Trust; 2.1 Trust Formation; 2.2 Trust Dissolution; 2.3 Trust Restoration; 3 Defining Trust Trajectories; 3.1 High Trust Profile: Fast Formation, Slow Dissolution, Fast Restoration; 3.2 High Distrust Profile: Slow Formation, Fast Dissolution, and Slow Restoration
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Tit-for-Tat Trust Profile: Fast Formation, Fast Dissolution, and Fast Restoration
    Description / Table of Contents: Gerald F. Goodwin: Forword to the Volume -- Birukou, A., Blanzieri, E., Giorgini, P., & Giunchiglia, F. A: Formal Definition of Culture -- Salazar, M. R., Shuffler, M. L., Bedwell, W. L., and  Salas, E.: Toward A Contextualized Cultural Framework -- Turan, N., Dai, T., Sycara, K., Weingart, L.: Toward a Unified Negotiation Framework: Leveraging Strengths in Behavioral and Computational Communities -- Hofstede, G. J., Jonker, C., Werwaart, T. A: Model of Culture in Trading Agents -- Fulmer, C. A., & Gelfand, M. J.: How Do I Trust Thee? Dynamic Trust Patterns and Their Individual and Social Contextual Determinants -- Jassin, K., Sheik, H., Obeid, N., Argo, N., Ginges, J.: Negotiating Cultural Conflicts Over Sacred Values -- Bui-Wrzosinska, L., Gelfand, M. J., Nowak, A., & Severance, L.: Studying trajectories of conflict escalation -- Dudik, M., & Gordon, G. J.: A Game-Theoretic Approach to Modeling Cross-Cultural Negotiation -- Paruchuri, P., Chakraborty, N., Zivan, R., Sycara, K., Dudik, M., & Gordon, G.: POMDP Based Negotiation modeling -- de Raad, W. E., Nowak, A., & Borkowski, W.: Modeling Dynamics of Multicultural Integration and Conflict.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781461468745
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 297 p. 33 illus., 27 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Cultural heritage politics in China
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Cultural property ; Cultural property China ; Cultural property Protection ; Law and legislation ; China ; Cultural property Protection ; Political aspects ; China ; Historic sites ; Historic sites China ; Museums Political aspects ; China ; Cultural property ; China ; Cultural property ; Government policy ; China ; Kongress 2011 ; Urbana, Ill ; Konferenzschrift 2011 ; Konferenzschrift ; Kongress 2011 ; Urbana, Ill ; Konferenzschrift 2011 ; Konferenzschrift ; China ; Weltkulturerbe ; Denkmalschutz ; China ; Kulturerbe ; Kulturpolitik
    Abstract: This volume explores China's cultural heritage ideology and policies from three interrelated perspectives: the State and World Heritage tourism; cultural heritage tourism at undesignated sites, and the cultural politics of museums and collections. Something of a cultural heritage designation craze is happening in China. This is new within even the last five to ten years. Officials at many levels now see heritage preservation as a means for commoditizing their regions. They are devoting new resources and attention to national and international heritage designations. Thus, addressing cultural h
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Contributor Bios; Part I Introduction; 1 Cultural Heritage Politics in China: An Introduction; Introduction; China, UNESCOUnesco, and Cultural Heritage Bureaucracy; Ethnicity and Heritage; Heritage and TourismTourism: Heritage TourismTourism; Museums and Collections; Papers in the Volume; Local, Regional, National, and International Interests in a World Heritage Era; Cultural Heritage and Tourismtourism in Undesignated Sites; The Politics of Museumsmuseums and Collections; Routes as Heritage: Branding Space in a Global[ized] China; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgmentsReferences; 2 Does the Institution of Property RightsProperty rights Matter for Heritage Preservation? Evidence from China; Introduction; The Status Quo About Protection and Utilization of Heritage in China; Fire on the World Heritage List Cultural Heritage Site of Wudang Mountains; Daming Palace Park was Built on an Important Heritage Site; The Highest and Fastest Outside Elevator in the World; Characteristics of the Present Institution of Property RightsProperty Rights For Heritage in China
    Description / Table of Contents: The Practical Consequences Led by the Present Institution of the Property RightsProperty rights of HeritageConclusions; References; Part II Local, Regional, Nationaland International Interestsin a World Heritage Era; 3 Chinese Cosmopolitanism (Tianxia He Shijie Zhuyi) in China's Heritage Tourism; Introduction; Cosmopolitanism Writ Large; Western Cosmopolitanism; Chinese Cosmopolitanism; Indigenous Cosmopolitanism; Cosmopolitan Analysis of Tourism; Cosmopolitanism in World Heritage Sites; Ethnic and Ecological Heritage Tourismecological heritage tourism Development
    Description / Table of Contents: Tianxia and Shijie in China's Heritage TourismCase Studies in Yunnan; In and Around the Stone ForestStone Forest; Sani World Heritage; Axi Intangible Heritage; In Yunnan's Northwest; Search for Shangri-laShangri-La; Conclusions; References; 4 Groping for Stones to Cross the River: Governing Heritage in Emei; Introduction; Regulatory Agency of Heritage GovernanceHeritage Governance in China; Introducing Emei and Research Methods; Restructuring Agency for Heritage GovernanceHeritage Governance; Interpreting Authenticity in Heritage Conservation; Tourism Operation in Heritage Development
    Description / Table of Contents: ConclusionReferences; 5 Local versus National Interests in the Promotion and Management of a Heritage Site: A Case Study from Zhejiang Province, China; The Creation of the Man-Made God; The Cultural Heritage; The Hugong Fortune-Telling Poems; Family Hotel Business; The Temple Fair; The Chinese New Year Celebration; A New Era of Constructed Heritage; The Holistic Relocation; The Relocation Guidelines; The Practical Challenges and Management Issues of the Guidelines; The Execution of the Relocation Plan; Conclusions; References; Online References; Other References
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Tourism, Migration and the Politics of Built Heritage in Lijiang, China
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    ISBN: 9789400745605
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 483 p. 62 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in the History of Philosophy of Mind 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Dunér, David, 1970 - The natural philosophy of Emanuel Swedenborg
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy of mind ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy of mind ; Humanities ; Swedenborg, Emanuel 1688-1772 ; Naturphilosophie ; Swedenborg, Emanuel 1688-1772 ; Naturphilosophie
    Abstract: Although Emanuel Swedenborg (16881772) is commonly known for his spiritual philosophy, his early career was focused unnatural science. During this period, Swedenborg thought of the world was like a gigantic machine, following the laws of mechanics and geometry. This volume analyzes this mechanistic worldview from the cognitive perspective, by means of a study of the metaphors in Swedenborgs texts. The author argues that these conceptual metaphors are vital skills of the creative mind and scientific thinking, used to create visual analogies and abstract ideas. This means that Swedenborgs mechanistic and geometrical worldview, allowed him to perceive the world as mechanical and geometrical. Swedenborg thought with books and pens. The reading gave him associations and clues, forced him to interpret, and gave him material for his intellectual development.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Natural Philosophy of Emanuel Swedenborg; Contents; List of Figures; Introduction; Prologue on a Grain of Sand; Biographical Guide; Literature About a Phenomenon; A Theory of Swedenborg's Brain; Space and Thought; Metaphorical Thought; Seeing with the Inner Eye; Thinking with Books; Overview-The World Machine Seen from Above; The Space; A Blue Camera Obscura; The Society of the Curious; Armed Eyes; Attempts to Find East and West Longitude; We Are Educated by Studying, Experiencing, and Thinking; Unrest Disturbs My Work; From Barbarism to Culture; The Immutable World; The Sign
    Description / Table of Contents: Everything Is Silent, No One Knows Yet the DestinationLearned Games with the Number Sixty-Four; The Geometrical Number Eight; The Useful Number Eight; The Lord Is Wrathful; A Peripeteia on the Decimal; A Million Million; Rhetorical Arithmetic; Trees, Boxes, and Universal Mathematics; To Think Is to Count; The Wave; The Water Waves in Leiden; The Surging of the Sea; Sound in the Mountains of Lapland; In the Baroque Echo Temple; Thunder and Organ Peals; Fire and Colours; One Membrane Trembles from the Other's Trembling; The Beautiful Geometry of Tremulation; To Live Is to Tremble
    Description / Table of Contents: The Circles of the BodyHearing the Music from Within; Vision Extends into the Invisible; The Sphere; Hell Upon Earth; Flying in the Air; The Geometry of War; Nature-A Composite Analogy; The World Machine and the Little Machine; Peas and Cannonballs; A Sea of Bubbles; The Power of the Water Bubble; The Vapours Rising Over the Mountain; The Geometry of Heat; A Mineral Cabinet Without Stones; The Fruits of the Volcano; In the Bride-Chamber of the Mineral Kingdom; Vanitas Bubbles of Soap and Water; The Point; The Spider in the Polygonal Web; The Point That Delineates the World
    Description / Table of Contents: A Grain of Dust at the EquatorNature's Labyrinth; The Janus Face of the Mathematical Point; The Spiral; Helical Lines; The Circle of Time; The Force of the Moon; Whirls and Voids; On the Eternal Spring in the Age of Winter Cold; From Centre to Circumference and Back; Impossible Figures; The Microcosmic Spiral Motion; Magnetic Effluvia; The Magnetic Sphere and the Sidereal Heaven; The Macrocosmic Vortex; The Declination of the Magnetic Needle; The Membrane Between Body and Soul; The Infinite; A World That Is Not Even a Point; The Limits of the Unknowable
    Description / Table of Contents: The Infinite Is the Ultimate Cause of the FiniteThe Fantastic Order of the Brain Machine; The Limits of the Universe; The Nexus Between Infinite and Finite; The Last Effect of Creation; The Degree of Perfection; Escape to the Oracle of Reason; The Soul Machine; The Philosopher, the Happiest or the Unhappiest of Mortals; Conclusion; The Convolutions of the Brain; From Angular to Perpetuo-Spiritual Form; A Blind Man Who Can See, and the Form of Ideas; Swedenborg's Euphoria; Spiral Dances in Paradise; The Primary Metaphors of Correspondences; Memorabilia from Earthly Life
    Description / Table of Contents: The Geometry of the Spiritual World
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400747890
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVI, 328 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophical Studies Series 118
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Autonomy and the self
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of mind ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of mind ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Autonomie ; Selbst ; Willensfreiheit ; Selbstständigkeit ; Person
    Abstract: This volume addresses the complex interplay between the conditions of an agent's personal autonomy and the constitution of her self in light of two influential background assumptions: a libertarian thesis according to which it is essential for personal autonomy to be able to choose freely how one's self is shaped, on the one hand, and a line of thought following especially the seminal work of Harry Frankfurt according to which personal autonomy necessarily rests on an already sufficiently shaped self, on the other hand. Given this conceptual framework, a number of influential aspects within current debate can be addressed in a new and illuminating light: accordingly, the volume's contributions range from 1) discussing fundamental conceptual interconnections between personal autonomy and freedom of the will, 2) addressing the exact role and understanding of different personal traits, e.g. Frankfurt's notion of volitional necessities, commitments to norms and ideals, emotions, the phenomenon of weakness of will, and psychocorporeal aspects, 3) and finally taking into account social influences, which are discussed in terms of their ability to buttress, to weaken, or even to serve as necessary preconditions of personal autonomy and the forming of one's self. The volume thus provides readers with an extensive and most up-to-date discussion of various influential strands of current philosophical debate on the topic. It is of equal interest to all those already engaged in the debate as well as to readers trying to get an up-to-date overview or looking for a textbook to use in courses
    Abstract: This volume addresses the complex interplay between the conditions of an agent’s personal autonomy and the constitution of her self in light of two influential background assumptions: a libertarian thesis according to which it is essential for personal autonomy to be able to choose freely how one’s self is shaped, on the one hand, and a line of thought following especially the seminal work of Harry Frankfurt according to which personal autonomy necessarily rests on an already sufficiently shaped self, on the other hand. Given this conceptual framework, a number of influential aspects within current debate can be addressed in a new and illuminating light: accordingly, the volume’s contributions range from 1) discussing fundamental conceptual interconnections between personal autonomy and freedom of the will, 2) addressing the exact role and understanding of different personal traits, e.g. Frankfurt’s notion of volitional necessities, commitments to norms and ideals, emotions, the phenomenon of weakness of will, and psychocorporeal aspects, 3) and finally taking into account social influences, which are discussed in terms of their ability to buttress, to weaken, or even to serve as necessary preconditions of personal autonomy and the forming of one’s self. The volume thus provides readers with an extensive and most up-to-date discussion of various influential strands of current philosophical debate on the topic. It is of equal interest to all those already engaged in the debate as well as to readers trying to get an up-to-date overview or looking for a textbook to use in courses.
    Description / Table of Contents: Autonomy and the Self; Foreword; Contents; Introduction; The Self; Subjectivist Accounts of the Self; Existential Account; Essential Nature Account; Social-Relational Accounts of the Self; Narrative Accounts of the Self; Autonomy and the Self; Existential cum Libertarian Thesis; Authenticity via Essential Nature Thesis; Internal vs. External Aspects of Autonomy and the Self; Autonomy, the Self, and Limited Freedom; Overview of Contributions; Part I: Autonomy and Free Will; Part II: Autonomy, the Self, and the Role of Personal T raits; Part III: Autonomy and the Self Within Society's Grip
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesPart I: Autonomy and Free Will; Freedom Without Choice?; 1 Introducing the Problem; 2 The Concept of Freedom; 3 Cutting the Possibilities Criterion; 4 Advancing the Criterion of "Naturalness"; 5 Freedom Dependent on Actual Choice; 6 Freedom Dependent on Possible Choice; 7 Possible Forms of Freedom Without Choice; 8 Conclusion; References; Freedom and Normativity - Varieties of Free Will; 1 Terminological and Substantial Disputes About Free Will; 2 The Evaluative Approach; 3 Varieties of Free Will; 3.1 Reflexivity or Capacity for Self- Consciousness
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 The Internal Structure of Free Will3.2.1 The Will I Experience as My Own; 3.2.2 The Will I Experience Wholeheartedly as My Own; 3.2.3 The Will I Try to Make My Own; 3.2.4 Will with the (Positive or Indifferent) Experience of Having Alternative Possibilities (Willkürfreiheit); 3.2.5 The Will I Experience (Positively) as Being Without Alternatives (Necessary Will); 3.2.6 Diachronic and Dynamic Will; 3.2.7 Strong or Rational Will; 3.3 The Context of Embedded Will; 3.3.1 The Will Which Is My Own (Authentic Will); 3.3.2 The Will I Make My Own (Autonomous Will)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.3 Will with and Without Alternative Possibilities of Willing3.3.4 Will with Good Options; 3.3.5 Realizable Will; 3.3.6 Recognized Will; 3.3.7 Accountable and Responsible Will; 3.4 The Content of Free Will; 3.4.1 The Will Which Wills Free Will; 3.4.2 Prudent, Moral, and Legal Will; 3.4.3 Collective or Shared Will; 3.4.4 Transgressing Borders: Extended Will; 3.4.5 Ethical (Sittlicher) Will; References; Part II: Autonomy, the Self, and the Role of Personal Traits; Norm-Guided Formation of Cares Without Volitional Necessity - A Response to Frankfurt
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction : Identification, Leeway, and Existential Autonomy2 Preliminaries: Rationalist Constitutivism and Arguments Against Leeway-Liberty; 3 From Caring to Volitional Necessities: Frankfurt's VN-Arguments; 3.1 Identification, Caring, and Love; 3.2 Frankfurt's Kantian Analogy; 3.3 Frankfurt's Integrity Argument; 3.4 The Emptiness of Total Liberty; 4 An Existentialist Response to Frankfurt: Projective Motivation and Norms; 4.1 Frankfurt's False Dichotomy and Internalism; 4.2 Normative Authority Without Prior Motives; 4.3 Existential Autonomy with Leeway-Liberty to the Core
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 The Dilution of Options by Too Many Alternatives?
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword -- Introduction; Michael Kühler, Nadja Jelinek -- Section I: Autonomy and Free Will -- 1. Freedom Without Choice?; Gottfried Seebaß -- 2. Freedom and Normativity - Varieties of Free Will; Barbara Merker -- Section II: Autonomy, the Self, and the Role of Personal Traits -- 3. Norm-Guided Formation of Cares without Volitional Necessity - A Response to Frankfurt; John Davenport -- 4. Dynamics in Autonomy; Nadja Jelinek -- 5. The Normative Significance of Personal Projects; Monika Betzler -- 6. Normative Self-Constitution and Individual Autonomy; John Christman -- 7. Psychocorporeal Selfhood, Practical Intelligence, and Adaptive Autonomy; Diana Tietjens Meyers -- 8. Emotion, Autonomy, and Weakness of Will; Sabine Döring -- 9. Who Am I to Uphold Unrealizable Normative Claims?; Michael Kühler -- Section III: Autonomy and the Self Within Society's Grip -- 10. Paternalistic Love and Reasons for Caring; Bennett W. Helm -- 11. Self-Identity and Moral Agency; Marina Oshana -- 12. Being Identical by Being (Treated as) Responsible; Michael Quante -- 13. Integrity Endangered by Hypocrisy; Nora Hangel -- 14. Who Can I Blame?; Kasper Lippert-Rasmussen -- About the Authors -- Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    ISBN: 9789400760134
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 151 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Theory and Decision Library A:, Rational Choice in Practical Philosophy and Philosophy of Science 45
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer simulation ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer simulation ; Consciousness
    Abstract: As is well known, cognition is not only a self-organising process. It is also a co-operative and coupled process. If we consider the external environment as a complex, multiple and stratified Source which interacts with the nervous system, we can easily realise that the cognitive activities devoted to the "intelligent" search for the depth information living in the Source, may determine the very change of the complexity conditions according to which the Source progressively expresses its "wild" action. In this sense, simulation models are not neutral or purely speculative: the true cognition actually appears to be necessarily connected with successful forms of reading, those forms, in particular, that permit a specific coherent unfolding of the deep information content of the Source. Therefore, the simulation models, if valid, materialise as "creative" channels, i.e., as autonomous functional systems, as the very roots of a new possible development of the entire system represented by mind and its Reality
    Abstract: As is well known, cognition is not only a self-organising process. It is also a co-operative and coupled process. If we consider the external environment as a complex, multiple and stratified Source which interacts with the nervous system, we can easily realise that the cognitive activities devoted to the "intelligent" search for the depth information living in the Source, may determine the very change of the complexity conditions according to which the Source progressively expresses its "wild" action. In this sense, simulation models are not neutral or purely speculative: the true cognition actually appears to be necessarily connected with successful forms of reading, those forms, in particular, that permit a specific coherent unfolding of the deep information content of the Source. Therefore, the simulation models, if valid, materialise as "creative" channels, i.e., as autonomous functional systems, as the very roots of a new possible development of the entire system represented by mind and its Reality
    Description / Table of Contents: Epistemic Complexity and Knowledge Construction; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Complexity, Self-Organization and Natural Evolution; 1.1 Entropy and the "Intermediate State"; 1.2 Algorithmic Complexity and Self-Referentiality; 1.3 Cellular Automata and Self-Organization; Notes; Chapter 2: Embodiment Processes and Biological Computing; 2.1 The Game of Life and the Alternative Splicing; 2.2 The Interface Between Ruler and Coder; 2.3 The Recipe at Work: The Role of the Simulation Tools at the Evolutionary Level; 2.4 Reflexive Domains vs. Self-Organizing Domains; Notes
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Randomness, Semantic Information and Limitation Procedures3.1 Logic and Probability: The Role of Constituents; 3.2 Semantic Information and Algorithmic Complexity; 3.3 Surface Information vs. Depth Information: The Biological Computer; 3.4 Non-standard Models and Limitation Procedures; Notes; Chapter 4: Natural Language and Boolean Semantics: the Genesis of the Cognitive Code; 4.1 Intensional Language and Natural Logic; 4.2 Logic and Ontology; 4.3 Meaning as Use and the Unfolding of Cognitive Activity; Notes; Chapter 5: Morphogenesis and the Emergence of Meaning
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Eigenforms, Categorial Intuitions and Rational Perception5.2 Meaning Clarification and the "Thinking I"; 5.3 Knowledge and Reality: The Role of Conceptual Constructions; Notes; Bibliography; Name Index; Subject Index
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400762237
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 235 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Additional Information: Rezensiert in Silver, David Business Ethics in the 21st Century, by Norman E. Bowie. Dordrecht: Springer, 2013. 235 pp. ISBN: 978-9400762220 2015
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 39
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Economics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Economics ; Wirtschaftsethik
    Abstract: This work provides a critical look at business practice in the early 21st century and suggests changes that are both practical and normatively superior. Several chapters present a reflection on business ethics from a societal or macro-organizational point of view. It makes a case for the economic and moral superiority of the sustainability capitalism of the European Union over the finance-based model of the United States. Most major themes in business ethics are covered and some new ones are introduced, including the topic of the right way to teach business ethics. The general approach adopted in this volume is Kantian. Alternative approaches are critically evaluated
    Description / Table of Contents: Business Ethics in the 21st Century; Introduction by the Series Editors; Preface; Editorial Board Issues in Business Ethics; Editorial Board Eminent Voices in Business Ethics; Contents; Part I: Economic Issues in Business Ethics; Chapter 1: Fair Markets Revisited; Morality as a Ground of Legal Decisions; A Rejoinder and Reply; Advice for Managers; Characteristics of Fairness; Objections and Replies; Conclusion; Chapter 2: What's Wrong with Efficiency and Always Low Prices; Introduction; The Problem; Some Observations from Home and Abroad; What Some Others Are Saying; The Issue or Issues
    Description / Table of Contents: What's to Be DoneObjections and Replies; Conclusion; Chapter 3: Economics, Friend or Foe of Ethics; Economics as Foe; Foe: Adherence to Psychological Egoism; Foe: Assumptions of Agency Theory; Dropping the "No Transaction Costs" Assumption: Transaction Cost Economics; Turning Economics from Foe to Friend; Codes of Ethics; The Importance of a Good "Ethical Climate"; Multinationals and Universal Standards; The Argument for Universal Ethical Values; An Argument for Truly Universal Standards of Business Ethics; A Complication; Fairness as an Explanatory Variable in Economics and Management Theory
    Description / Table of Contents: ConclusionPart II: Philosophical Issues in Business; Chapter 4: Kantian Themes; Why Kant; Organization of This Chapter; Rethinking and Defending Business Ethics : A Kantian Perspective; Chapter 1 Immoral Business Practices; Chapter 2 Treating the Humanity of Stakeholders as Ends Rather than as Means Merely; Chapter 3 The Firm as a Moral Community; Chapter 4 Acting from Duty: How Pure a Motive?; Chapter 5 The Cosmopolitan Perspective; The New Generation of Scholars Applying Kant to Business Ethics; Aristotle-Not Kant; Kantian Accounts of Corporate Social Responsibility; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Limitations of the Pragmatist Approach to Business EthicsBackground; Rorty's Contingency, Irony, and Solidarity; Why Literature Misleads; Rorty's Address Before the Society for Business Ethics; The Pragmatism of Ed Freeman and Some of His Students; Should Stakeholder Theorists Adopt a Pragmatist Methodology?; Concluding Thought; Part III: International Issues in Business Ethics; Chapter 6: Varieties of Corporate Social Responsibility; The Maximization of Shareholder Wealth Capitalism-American Finance Based Capitalism; Corporate Social Responsibility as Charity
    Description / Table of Contents: An Addendum to the Classical American View: Stakeholder CapitalismSocial Responsibility Under the Stakeholder Model; The European Sustainability Version of Capitalism; Philanthropy, the Safety Net, and Human Rights; The Business Case for Social Responsibility; Corporate Social Responsibility in Asia; Japan; India; China; Evidence That China Seems to Lack a Sense of Corporate Social Responsibility; Which Version of Corporate Social Responsibility Should a Country Adopt?; The Moral Argument for Sustainability; Why Philanthropy Is Not Enough
    Description / Table of Contents: Does China Need Corporate Social Responsibility to Survive
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    ISBN: 9789400724457
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 377 p. 5 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Vitalism and the scientific image in Post-Enlightenment life science, 1800-2010
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Medicine ; Biological models ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Medicine ; Biological models ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Vitalismus ; Wissenschaftstheorie ; Geschichte 1800-2010
    Abstract: Vitalism is understood as impacting the history of the life sciences, medicine and philosophy, representing an epistemological challenge to the dominance of mechanism over the last 200 years, and partly revived with organicism in early theoretical biology. The contributions in this volume portray the history of vitalism from the end of the Enlightenment to the modern day, suggesting some reassessment of what it means both historically and conceptually. As such it includes a wide range of material, employing both historical and philosophical methodologies, and it is divided fairly evenly between 19th and 20th century historical treatments and more contemporary analysis. This volume presents a significant contribution to the current literature in the history and philosophy of science and the history of medicine
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Chapter 1: V italism and the Scientific Image: An Introduction; 1 Vitalism: Origin, History, and Transformation; 2 Final Thoughts; References; Part I: Revisiting Vitalist Themes in Nineteenth-Century Science; Chapter 2: Jean-Baptiste Lamarck and the Place of Irritability in the History of Life and Death; 1 The History of Life and Death; 2 A "Flood of Light": The Notion of Intussusception in Lamarck's Account of Organic Change; 3 Irritability in Lamarck's Theory of the Animal Being; 4 The Interplay of Life and Nature in Lamarck's Work
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Irritability and Evolution in Lamarck's System of NatureReferences; Chapter 3: Rethinking Organic Vitality in Germany at the Turn of the Nineteenth Century; 1 Introduction; 2 Vital Principles and a Science of Life; 3 Investigating the Material Conditions of Organic Vitality; 4 New Conceptions of Organic Vitality; References; Chapter 4: The "Novel of Medicine"; 1 The Physiological Obsession; 2 The Life of the Social Body; 3 The Body of Thought; 4 The Style of Physiology; 5 Romances of Physiology; References; Chapter 5: Life and the Mind in Nineteenth-Century Britain; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Phrenology: George Combe Versus William Hamilton3 Reflex Action: Marshall Hall Versus the World; 4 Cerebral Reflex Function: Thomas Laycock Versus "Vindex"; 5 Conclusion; References; Part II: Twentieth-Century Debates on Vitalism in Science and Philosophy; Chapter 6: Vitalism Versus Emergent Materialism; 1 Introduction; 2 Amnesia Versus Evolution; 3 Emergentism Cures Vitalism; 4 Hans Driesch's Vitalism; 5 Teleology and Mechanism; 6 How Does Entelechy Work?; 7 Some Responses to Driesch's Vitalism; 8 The Emergentists; 9 J. Arthur Thomson on the Autonomy of Biology
    Description / Table of Contents: 10 Arthur Lovejoy on the Disunity of Science11 Jennings on Downward Causation; 12 Conclusions; References; Chapter 7: Life as an Emergent Phenomenon: From an Alternative to Vitalism to an Alternative to Reductionism; 1 Introduction; 2 Life as an Emergent Phenomenon: A Nineteenth-Century Legacy; 3 Emergence as an Alternative to Vitalism and Mechanism; 4 Scientific Setbacks to Emergence; 5 Philosophical Setbacks to Emergence; 6 The Special Sciences and the Criticism of Logical Empiricism Regarding the Rescue of "Emergence"
    Description / Table of Contents: 7 Unexpected Support from the Physical Sciences: Complex-Systems Studies and Artificial Life8 The Re-emergence of Emergence in the Life Sciences; 9 Emergence, Life and the Origin of Life; 10 Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: Wilhelm Reich: Vitalism and Its Discontents; 1 Reich and the History of Vitalism; 2 Orgone Energy: A "Vital Force"?; 3 Reich, Revolution and Politics; 4 Reich, the Counter-Culture and the Popular Consciousness; 5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 9: Vitalism and Teleology in Kurt Goldstein's Organismic Approach; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Goldstein's Organicism at the Turn of the Nineteenth Century
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    ISBN: 9789400744646
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 156 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Frápolli, María José, 1960 - The nature of truth
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Pragmatism ; Semantics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Pragmatism ; Semantics ; Truth ; Wahrheit ; Wahrheit
    Abstract: The book offers a characterization of the meaning and role of the notion of truth in natural languages and an explanation of why, in spite of the big amount of proposals about truth, this task has proved to be resistant to the different analyses. The general thesis of the book is that defining truth is perfectly possible and that the average educated philosopher of language has the tools to do it. The book offers an updated treatment of the meaning of truth ascriptions from taking into account the latest views in philosophy of language and linguistics.
    Abstract: The wealth of proposals about truth and its meaning in natural languages everywhere should open it to analysis and definition, but this book makes the startlingly rare assertion that we can define truth using the latest methods in linguistics and philosophy
    Description / Table of Contents: The Nature of Truth; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Some Preliminary Issues; 1.1 The General Purpose; 1.2 Some Features of the Proposal; 1.3 Required Philosophical Assumptions; 1.4 The Content of a Theory of Truth; 1.5 The Pragmatist Ingredient; 1.6 The Structure of the Book; Chapter 2: Syntax: Playing with Building Blocks; 2.1 Does Syntax Matter?; 2.2 The Truth Predicate; 2.3 The Truth Operator; 2.4 Truth and Identity; 2.5 Adverbs, Adjectives and Nouns; Chapter 3: The Meaning and Content of Truth Ascriptions; 3.1 The Distinction; 3.2 Kinds of Proforms; 3.3 Truth-Ascriptions
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 A Classification of Truth-Ascriptions3.5 Special Semantic Tasks; Chapter 4: What Do We Do with Truth Ascriptions?; 4.1 Pragmatics and Semantics; 4.2 Assertions; 4.3 Expressivism; 4.4 Particular Pragmatic Functions; Chapter 5: The Liar Paradox (And Other Logico-Semantic Issues); 5.1 Is There a Liar Paradox?; 5.2 Truth Bearers; 5.3 Logical Form; 5.4 The Paradox; Chapter 6: What Do You Mean by "Redundancy"?; 6.1 R amsey's View; 6.2 Redundancy, of What?; 6.3 Syntactic Redundancy; 6.4 Semantic Redundancy; 6.5 Pragmatic Redundancy; Chapter 7: Obvious Answers for Ready-Made Objections
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.1 Standard Objections7.2 The Epistemic Objections; 7.2.1 Definitions vs. Criteria; 7.2.2 The Causal Effect of Truth; 7.3 The Logical Objection; 7.4 The Semantic Objection; 7.5 Mathematical Truth and Other Metaphors; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752436
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 241 p. 13 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Norms in technology
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Technik ; Philosophie ; Erkenntnistheorie ; Technik ; Philosophie ; Erkenntnistheorie
    Abstract: This book offers a fusion of philosophy and technology, delineating the normative landscape that informs today s technologies and tomorrow s inventions. It examines what is deemed to be the internal norms that govern the ever-expanding technical universe
    Abstract: This book is a distinctive fusion of philosophy and technology, delineating the normative landscape that informs today’s technologies and tomorrow’s inventions. The authors examine what we deem to be the internal norms that govern our ever-expanding technical universe. Recognizing that developments in technology and engineering literally create our human future, transforming existing knowledge into tomorrow’s tools and infrastructure, they chart the normative criteria we use to evaluate novel technological artifacts: how, for example, do we judge a ‘good’ from a ‘bad’ expert system or nuclear power plant? As well as these ‘functional’ norms, and the norms that guide technological knowledge and reasoning, the book examines commonly agreed benchmarks in safety and risk reduction, which play a pivotal role in engineering practice.Informed by the core insight that, in technology and engineering, factual knowledge relating, for example, to the properties of materials or the load-bearing characteristics of differing construction designs is not enough, this analysis follows the often unseen foundations upon which technologies rest-the norms that guide the creative forces shaping the technical landscape to come. The book, a comprehensive survey of these emerging topics in the philosophy of technology, clarifies the role these norms (epistemological, functional, and risk-assessing) play in technological innovation, and the consequences they have for our understanding of technological knowledge.
    Description / Table of Contents: Norms in Technology; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1 The Many Relations Between Norms and Technology; 2 Two Types of Instrumental Norms; 3 Norms, Risk and Safety; 3.1 The Illusion of Nonnormative Risk Assessment; 3.2 The Undesirability of Risks; 3.3 Prioritization Among Incomparable Risks; 3.4 Probability Weighing; 3.5 Safety Norms in Engineering Practice; 4 The Structure of the Book; Part I: Normativity in Technological Knowledge and Action; Chapter 2: Extending the Scope of the Theory of Knowledge; 1 Introduction; 2 Science and Engineering Knowledge; 3 Engineering Knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Exploring Types of Engineering Knowledge5 Will the Justified True Belief Account Work?; 6 Bearers of Knowledge: Beliefs, Actions and Other Categories; 7 Conclusion; Appendix : Edison's Patent; References; Chapter 3: Rules, Plans and the Normativity of Technological Knowledge; 1 Introduction; 2 Technological Rules and Norms; 3 Plans and Agents; 4 Normativity in Technological Knowledge; 5 Towards an Epistemology of Routines; 6 Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Beliefs, Acceptances and Technological Knowledge; 1 Introduction: Can Technological Knowledge Be a Matter of Beliefs Only?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Types of Acceptances3 Types of Technological Knowledge; 4 Conclusions; References; Chapter 5: Policy Objectives and the Functions of Transport Systems; 1 Introduction; 2 Background and Observations; 2.1 Swedish Transport Policy Objectives; 2.2 Conceptions of Objectives and Rationality; 3 Normative Implications and Lessons Learned; 3.1 Goals Are Subject to Evaluation and Updating; 3.2 There Is a Trade-Off Between Precision and Flexibility; 3.3 Different Kinds of Goals Require Different Approaches; 4 Philosophical Relevance; 4.1 Future Generations
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Standard of Measurement (Axiological Commensurability)4.3 Fairness; 5 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 6: Rational Goals in Engineering Design: The Venice Dams; 1 Introduction; 2 The Function of Engineering Goals; 3 Designing the MOSE System; 4 Precision; 5 Evaluability; 6 Approachability; 7 Consistency; 8 Concluding Remarks; References; Part II: Normativity and Artefact Norms; Chapter 7: Valuation of Artefacts and the Normativity of Technology; 1 Introduction; 2 Classifying Value Statements; 2.1 Quantitative Classification; 2.2 Classification in Terms of Value Standards
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Categories of Technological Objects4 Functional Value Statements in Technology; 4.1 Function and Value: A First Approximation; 4.2 Four Types of Categories; 4.3 Asymmetries in the Use of Value Terms; 5 Norms; 6 Conclusion; Appendix: The Logic of Category-Specified Value; Categories and Their Elements; Subcategories; Value Predicates; Some Valid Inference Principles; References; Chapter 8: Artefactual Norms; 1 Introduction; 2 What's in a Norm?; 3 Artefact Use and Norms; 3.1 Compatibility; 3.2 Interference; 3.3 Quality; 4 Artefact Design and Norms; 4.1 Marketability; 4.2 Manufacturability
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3 Transportability, Installability
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I. Normativity in Technological Knowledge and Action.-Chapter 1.  Extending the scope of technological knowledge: Anthonie W.M. Meijers and Peter Kroes -- Chapter 2. Rules, plans and the normativity of technological knowledge: Wybo Houkes -- Chapter 3. Beliefs, acceptances and technological knowledge: Marc J. de Vries and Anthonie W.M. Meijers -- Chapter 4. Policy objectives and the functions of transport systems: Holger Rosencrantz -- Chapter 5. Rational Goals in Engineering Design: The Venice Dams Case: Karin Edvardsson Björnberg -- Part 2. Normativity and Artefact Norms -- Chapter 6. Valuation of Artefacts and the Normativity of Technology: Sven Ove Hansson -- Chapter 7. Artifactual norms: Krist Vaesen -- Chapter 8. Instrumental Artifact Functions and Normativity: Jesse Hughes -- Chapter 9. The goodness and kindness of artefacts: Maarten Franssen -- Part 3. Normativity and Technological Risks -- Chapter 10. The Non-Reductivity of Normativity in Risks: Niklas Möller -- Chapter 11. Risk and Degrees of Rightness: Martin Peterson and Nicolas Espinoza -- Chapter 12. Naturalness, Artifacts, and Value: Per Sandin -- Chapter 13. Trust in Technological Systems: Philip J. Nickel -- Index.     ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...